TWI856138B - Card loading device, card handling device, card holder and tray transport device - Google Patents

Abstract

Translated fromChinese

本發明能夠高精度地進行卡片的安裝；卡片裝卸裝置(150)包括：從表面吸附重寫卡之卡片吸附部(151)，使卡片吸附部所吸附的重寫卡彎曲之引導部(152、153)、支撐部(161)、支撐軸(162、163)及彈簧(164、165)，以及使彎曲的重寫卡沿著從卡片夾的正面側朝向卡片夾之第一方向移動之Z軸電動機(173)。The present invention can install the card with high precision; the card loading and unloading device (150) includes: a card adsorption part (151) for adsorbing the rewrite card from the surface, a guide part (152, 153) for bending the rewrite card adsorbed by the card adsorption part, a support part (161), a support shaft (162, 163) and a spring (164, 165), and a Z-axis motor (173) for moving the bent rewrite card along a first direction from the front side of the card holder toward the card holder.

Description

Translated fromChinese

卡片安裝裝置、卡片裝卸裝置、卡片夾以及托盤輸送裝置Card mounting device, card handling device, card holder and tray transport device

本發明係有關於卡片安裝裝置等。The present invention relates to a card mounting device, etc.

以往以來，在醫院或配藥藥房等醫療機構中採用的藥劑配發系統，係根據處方資料將藥劑等收納在對每一患者準備之規定的托盤中。在托盤中以能夠裝卸之方式保持有重寫卡，其中，重寫卡顯示被收納於托盤中的藥劑名稱、或作為該藥劑的給藥對象之患者姓名等資訊。該重寫卡的資訊例如在藥劑向托盤中的收納完成之後由變更被顯示於重寫卡上的資訊之顯示變更裝置進行重寫。具體而言，將從托盤拔取出的重寫卡輸送至顯示變更裝置，由顯示變更裝置將重寫卡的資訊重寫為切合當前托盤的收納內容之資訊。重寫後的重寫卡被從顯示變更裝置返回至原來的托盤。In the past, the drug dispensing system used in medical institutions such as hospitals or drug dispensing pharmacies stores drugs and the like in a specified tray prepared for each patient according to prescription information. A rewrite card is held in the tray in a manner that allows loading and unloading, wherein the rewrite card displays information such as the name of the drug stored in the tray or the name of the patient to whom the drug is to be administered. The information on the rewrite card is rewritten by, for example, a display changing device that changes the information displayed on the rewrite card after the storage of the drug in the tray is completed. Specifically, the rewrite card pulled out from the tray is transported to the display changing device, and the display changing device rewrites the information on the rewrite card to information that is suitable for the storage content of the current tray. The rewritten rewrite card is returned from the display change device to the original tray.

專利文獻1中揭露了一種相對於托盤裝卸重寫卡之裝卸裝置。具體而言，該裝卸裝置透過使重寫卡在安裝重寫卡的安裝部中進行滑動，從而經由形成於安裝部側面上的插入口將重寫卡相對於該安裝部進行插入和拔出。[先前技術文獻][專利文獻]Patent document 1 discloses a loading and unloading device for loading and unloading a rewrite card relative to a tray. Specifically, the loading and unloading device allows the rewrite card to slide in a mounting portion for mounting the rewrite card, thereby inserting and removing the rewrite card relative to the mounting portion through an insertion port formed on the side surface of the mounting portion.[Prior technical document][Patent document]

專利文獻1：日本專利4679168號公報Patent document 1: Japanese Patent No. 4679168

然而，雖然專利文獻1中揭露了相對於安裝部使重寫卡滑動而進行插入和拔出，但是並沒有除了滑動之外的有關於重寫卡裝卸方法之具體揭露。However, although Patent Document 1 discloses that the rewrite card is inserted and removed by sliding relative to the mounting portion, there is no specific disclosure regarding the method of loading and unloading the rewrite card other than sliding.

此外，專利文獻1中未揭露有關於具有重寫後的重寫卡之托盤向托盤保管櫃的配置方法之具體內容。Furthermore, Patent Document 1 does not disclose the specific contents of the method for placing the tray having the rewritten rewrite card in the tray storage cabinet.

本發明一方面之目的係實現一種卡片安裝裝置，該卡片安裝裝置能夠相對於保持卡片的卡片保持部高精度地進行卡片的安裝。另外，目的在於實現能夠高精度地進行卡片的裝卸之卡片夾。The purpose of one aspect of the present invention is to realize a card installation device that can install a card with high accuracy relative to a card holding portion that holds the card. In addition, the purpose is to realize a card holder that can load and unload a card with high accuracy.

另外，本發明一方面之目的係實現能夠提高用戶便利性之托盤輸送裝置。In addition, one aspect of the present invention is to realize a tray conveying device that can improve user convenience.

依本發明一實施方式之卡片安裝裝置，其相對於卡片保持部安裝卡片，所述卡片保持部具有在保持著具有撓性的卡片之狀態下其外邊緣部的一部分應被插入之間隙，該卡片安裝裝置包括：卡片吸附部，係從表面側吸附所述卡片；彎曲機構，係使被所述卡片吸附部吸附的所述卡片彎曲；以及插入動作部，係透過使被所述彎曲機構彎曲的所述卡片沿著從所述卡片保持部的正面側朝向所述卡片保持部之第一方向移動，從而將所述外邊緣部插入所述間隙中。According to an embodiment of the present invention, a card installation device is provided, in which a card is installed relative to a card holding portion, wherein the card holding portion has a gap into which a portion of its outer edge portion should be inserted while holding a flexible card. The card installation device includes: a card adsorption portion for adsorbing the card from a surface side; a bending mechanism for bending the card adsorbed by the card adsorption portion; and an insertion action portion for inserting the outer edge portion into the gap by moving the card bent by the bending mechanism along a first direction from the front side of the card holding portion toward the card holding portion.

另外，本發明一實施方式之卡片夾，係設置在收納藥劑的托盤的側面且將具有撓性的卡片進行保持，其中，在所述卡片夾的外邊緣部的相對的部分上設置有一對爪部，所述一對爪部沿著所述卡片的變形方向突出，該變形方向是指所述卡片邊彎曲邊被從所述卡片夾的正面拔除時、或者所述卡片邊彎曲邊被從所述卡片夾的正面安裝時之所述卡片的變形方向。In addition, a card holder according to an embodiment of the present invention is arranged on the side of a tray for storing medicines and holds a flexible card, wherein a pair of claws are provided on opposite parts of the outer edge of the card holder, and the pair of claws protrude along the deformation direction of the card, which refers to the deformation direction of the card when the card is pulled out from the front of the card holder while being bent, or when the card is installed from the front of the card holder while being bent.

另外，本發明一實施方式之托盤輸送裝置，其將托盤輸送到用以保管收納有藥劑的多個托盤之托盤保管櫃中，該托盤輸送裝置具有托盤輸送部，其中，所述托盤輸送部在將所述多個托盤劃分為搬運目的地互不相同的第一托盤組和第二托盤組並向所述托盤保管櫃配發之情形下，當正向所述托盤保管櫃配發所述第一托盤組時，在受理了表示允許向所述托盤保管櫃配發所述第二托盤組之用戶輸入之情形下，在所述第一托盤組之向所述托盤保管櫃的配發完成之後，接著開始所述第二托盤組的配發。In addition, a pallet conveying device according to an embodiment of the present invention conveys pallets to a pallet storage cabinet for storing a plurality of pallets containing medicines, the pallet conveying device having a pallet conveying unit, wherein the pallet conveying unit divides the plurality of pallets into a first pallet group and a second pallet group having different transport destinations and distributes them to the pallet storage cabinet, and when the first pallet group is being distributed to the pallet storage cabinet, upon accepting user input indicating permission to distribute the second pallet group to the pallet storage cabinet, after the distribution of the first pallet group to the pallet storage cabinet is completed, the distribution of the second pallet group is then started.

(發明功效)依本發明一實施方式之卡片安裝裝置，能夠相對於卡片保持部高精度地進行卡片的安裝。(Effect of the invention)According to an embodiment of the present invention, a card installation device can install a card with high precision relative to a card holding portion.

另外，依本發明一實施方式之卡片夾，能夠高精度地進行卡片的裝卸。In addition, the card holder according to one embodiment of the present invention can load and unload cards with high precision.

另外，依本發明一實施方式之托盤輸送裝置，能夠提高用戶的便利性。In addition, the tray conveying device according to an embodiment of the present invention can improve the convenience of users.

[實施方式一][藥劑配發系統]圖1係顯示藥劑配發系統1的構成例之圖。藥劑配發系統1是根據處方資料配發藥劑(例如：注射劑)之系統。如圖1所示，藥劑配發系統1具備例如托盤供給裝置10、標籤列印裝置20、各種藥劑配發裝置31~34、注射箋列印裝置40、托盤配發裝置50以及托盤保管櫃60(卡片)。另外，在各裝置的底部設置有用以輸送托盤600之托盤輸送機構80(參照圖11)。[Implementation Method One][Drug Dispensing System] FIG. 1 is a diagram showing an example of the configuration of a drug dispensing system 1. The drug dispensing system 1 is a system for dispensing drugs (e.g., injections) based on prescription data. As shown in FIG. 1 , the drug dispensing system 1 is equipped with, for example, a tray supply device 10, a label printing device 20, various drug dispensing devices 31 to 34, an injection label printing device 40, atray dispensing device 50, and a tray storage cabinet 60 (card). In addition, a tray transport mechanism 80 for transporting a tray 600 is provided at the bottom of each device (see FIG. 11 ).

另外，上述處方資料被輸入至能夠與藥劑配發系統1進行通信之處方輸入終端(未圖示)，藥劑配發系統1從處方輸入終端獲取處方資料。處方輸入終端是藥劑配發系統1的上一級系統之一例，例如是配置在醫院或養老保健設施等中的電子病歷系統、配置在醫院內部或外部的藥房中的配藥管理系統。處方資料亦可經由藥劑配發系統1所具備之觸摸面板70而輸入。In addition, the prescription data is input to a prescription input terminal (not shown) capable of communicating with the drug dispensing system 1, and the drug dispensing system 1 obtains the prescription data from the prescription input terminal. The prescription input terminal is an example of an upper-level system of the drug dispensing system 1, such as an electronic medical record system configured in a hospital or a nursing care facility, or a drug dispensing management system configured in a pharmacy inside or outside the hospital. The prescription data can also be input via thetouch panel 70 provided in the drug dispensing system 1.

另外，處方資料也被稱為“針對一患者的給藥所涉及之處方資料”。作為針對一患者的給藥所涉及之處方資料，例如可舉出以下(1)~(3)。In addition, prescription data is also referred to as "prescription data related to medication for a patient." Examples of prescription data related to medication for a patient include the following (1) to (3).

(1)給藥至一患者的藥劑相關之資料(一患者單位的處方資料)。(1) Information related to medications administered to a patient (prescription information for a patient unit).

(2)給藥至一患者的一次量藥劑相關之資料(一處方單位的處方資料)。(2) Data related to a dose of a drug administered to a patient (prescription data for a prescribing unit).

(3)針對給藥至一患者的一次量藥劑開出處方時被賦予分類之情形下之、該分類相關的資料(1RP(味)單位的處方資料)。(3) Information related to a classification assigned to a single dose of a drug for administration to a patient (prescription information per RP unit).

托盤供給裝置10保管用以收納被從藥劑配發裝置31~34配發的藥劑之托盤600(空的托盤600)，並根據處方資料向藥劑配發裝置31~34供給藥劑。The tray supply device 10 stores the tray 600 (empty tray 600) for storing the medicines dispensed from the medicine dispensing devices 31 to 34, and supplies the medicines to the medicine dispensing devices 31 to 34 according to prescription data.

圖2係顯示托盤600的構成例之圖。如圖2所示，在托盤600的側面上設置有用以保持具有撓性的重寫卡RC(卡片)之卡片夾(card holder)500(卡片保持部、第一卡片保持部)。卡片夾500設置在托盤600之與後述卡片資訊變更單元100的卡片裝卸裝置150(吸附裝置)相對之位置上。卡片夾500透過具有後述的一對爪部514a~514d(參照圖16的16001)，而具有在保持著重寫卡RC之狀態下其外邊緣部的一部分應被插入之間隙。卡片夾500的詳細情況之後進行敘述。FIG. 2 is a diagram showing an example of the structure of the tray 600. As shown in FIG. 2, a card holder (card holder) 500 (card holding portion, first card holding portion) for holding a flexible rewrite card RC (card) is provided on the side surface of the tray 600. The card holder 500 is provided at a position of the tray 600 opposite to the card loading and unloading device 150 (adsorption device) of the cardinformation changing unit 100 described later. The card holder 500 has a gap into which a part of the outer edge portion should be inserted while holding the rewrite card RC by having a pair of claws 514a to 514d described later (refer to 16001 in FIG. 16). The details of the card holder 500 will be described later.

如圖1所示，藥劑配發裝置31~34分別根據處方資料針對每一患者將藥劑配發至托盤600。作為藥劑配發裝置31~34，可舉出例如退品藥劑配發裝置、固定藥劑配發裝置、特殊藥劑配發裝置以及瓶配發裝置。退品藥劑配發裝置是配發被病房等退回的藥劑(退品藥劑)之裝置。固定藥劑配發裝置是配發由使用者(例如：醫生或護士等醫療人員)預先收納的藥劑(固定藥劑)之裝置。特殊藥劑配發裝置是配發特殊藥劑之裝置。瓶配發裝置是配發收納藥液的瓶之裝置。作為特殊藥劑，可舉出例如被要求特殊管理的藥劑、針對複雜疾病使用的藥劑、或者較昂貴的藥劑。以下，將藥劑配發裝置31~34統稱為“藥劑配發裝置30”。藥劑配發系統1只要具備至少一種藥劑配發裝置30即可。此外，注射箋列印裝置40根據處方資料列印注射箋。As shown in FIG1 , the drug dispensing devices 31 to 34 dispense drugs to the tray 600 for each patient according to the prescription data. Examples of the drug dispensing devices 31 to 34 include a rejected drug dispensing device, a fixed drug dispensing device, a special drug dispensing device, and a bottle dispensing device. The rejected drug dispensing device is a device that dispenses drugs (rejected drugs) that are returned by a ward, etc. The fixed drug dispensing device is a device that dispenses drugs (fixed drugs) that are pre-stored by a user (e.g., medical personnel such as doctors or nurses). The special drug dispensing device is a device that dispenses special drugs. The bottle dispensing device is a device that dispenses bottles that contain liquid medicine. As special drugs, for example, drugs that require special management, drugs used for complex diseases, or expensive drugs can be cited. Hereinafter, the drug dispensing devices 31 to 34 are collectively referred to as "drug dispensing devices 30". The drug dispensing system 1 only needs to have at least one drug dispensing device 30. In addition, the injection prescription printing device 40 prints the injection prescription according to the prescription data.

托盤配發裝置50向托盤保管櫃60配發收納有由藥劑配發裝置30配發來的藥劑之托盤600。另外，在將托盤600配發至托盤保管櫃60之前，托盤配發裝置50將重寫卡RC從卡片夾500拔出之後，根據處方資料對重寫卡RC的顯示資訊進行重寫。托盤配發裝置50將重寫了顯示資訊的重寫卡RC返回到托盤600之後，將托盤600配發至托盤保管櫃60。藉此，能夠使重寫卡RC的顯示內容與托盤600的收納內容一致。Thetray dispensing device 50 dispenses the tray 600 storing the medicine dispensed by the medicine dispensing device 30 to the tray storage cabinet 60. In addition, before dispensing the tray 600 to the tray storage cabinet 60, thetray dispensing device 50 removes the rewrite card RC from the card holder 500 and rewrites the display information of the rewrite card RC according to the prescription data. After thetray dispensing device 50 returns the rewrite card RC with the rewritten display information to the tray 600, the tray 600 is dispensed to the tray storage cabinet 60. In this way, the display content of the rewrite card RC can be made consistent with the storage content of the tray 600.

重寫卡RC係顯示被收納於托盤600中的藥劑相關的各種資訊。透過後述卡片資訊變更單元100的顯示變更裝置250，重寫卡RC的顯示資訊被重寫。藉此，重寫卡RC能夠進行與托盤600的收納物的變更相對應之顯示。作為重寫卡RC，只要是能夠變更顯示資訊的部件即可，例如可舉出無色式或白濁式卡片。The rewrite card RC displays various information related to the medicines stored in the tray 600. The display information of the rewrite card RC is rewritten by thedisplay changing device 250 of the cardinformation changing unit 100 described later. In this way, the rewrite card RC can display corresponding to the change of the storage content of the tray 600. The rewrite card RC can be any component that can change the display information, for example, a colorless or white card.

圖3係顯示重寫卡RC之一例之圖。如圖3所示，在重寫卡RC中，例如顯示作為被收納於托盤600中的藥劑的給藥對象之患者姓名、該患者住院的病房名稱及房間號、以及向托盤600配發藥劑的實施日等資訊。另外，在圖3的示例中，在重寫卡RC上以條碼形式顯示表示被收納於托盤600中的藥劑之資訊。Fig. 3 is a diagram showing an example of a rewrite card RC. As shown in Fig. 3, the rewrite card RC displays information such as the name of the patient to whom the medicine stored in the tray 600 is to be administered, the name and room number of the ward where the patient is hospitalized, and the implementation date of dispensing the medicine to the tray 600. In the example of Fig. 3, information indicating the medicine stored in the tray 600 is displayed in the form of a barcode on the rewrite card RC.

此外，本實施方式之重寫卡RC，其角部RCc的形狀形成為曲線形狀(大致C形)。藉此，能夠提高向卡片夾500或卡片載置部210(卡片保持部、第二卡片保持部)(參照圖5、圖7)安裝(插入、交接)之精度。In addition, the rewrite card RC of this embodiment has a corner RCc formed into a curved shape (roughly C-shaped). This can improve the accuracy of installation (insertion, handover) to the card holder 500 or the card loading portion 210 (card holding portion, second card holding portion) (see Figures 5 and 7).

托盤保管櫃60保管由托盤配發裝置50配發的托盤600。托盤保管櫃60設置有能夠保管多個托盤600之m×n個(m、n均為1以上的整數)托盤保管部(保管位置)(參照圖14)。托盤配發裝置50在托盤保管櫃60以與托盤配發裝置50相對之方式配置於插入口53(參照圖11)之狀態下，預先保管有托盤600。The tray storage cabinet 60 stores the tray 600 distributed by thetray dispensing device 50. The tray storage cabinet 60 is provided with m×n (m, n are both integers greater than 1) tray storage parts (storage positions) capable of storing a plurality of trays 600 (refer to FIG. 14). Thetray dispensing device 50 stores the tray 600 in advance in a state where the tray storage cabinet 60 is arranged at the insertion port 53 (refer to FIG. 11) in a manner opposite to thetray dispensing device 50.

此外，藥劑配發系統1具備觸摸面板70。觸摸面板70顯示例如處方資料以及藥劑配發系統1的工作狀況。另外，觸摸面板70受理藥劑配發系統1的工作開始或停止等各種用戶輸入。Furthermore, the medicine dispensing system 1 includes atouch panel 70. Thetouch panel 70 displays, for example, prescription data and the operating status of the medicine dispensing system 1. In addition, thetouch panel 70 accepts various user inputs such as starting or stopping the operation of the medicine dispensing system 1.

[托盤配發裝置]圖4係顯示托盤配發裝置50的構成例之框圖。如圖4所示，托盤配發裝置50具備卡片資訊變更單元100、昇降裝置300、以及控制裝置400。另外，控制裝置400不一定必須設置在托盤配發裝置50中，亦可以能夠通信之方式與托盤配發裝置50及觸摸面板70連接。[Tray dispensing device] FIG4 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of thetray dispensing device 50. As shown in FIG4, thetray dispensing device 50 includes a cardinformation changing unit 100, alifting device 300, and acontrol device 400. In addition, thecontrol device 400 does not necessarily have to be set in thetray dispensing device 50, and can also be connected to thetray dispensing device 50 and thetouch panel 70 in a manner that enables communication.

昇降裝置300將被從藥劑配發裝置30輸送的托盤600從卡片資訊變更單元100輸送向托盤保管櫃60。亦即，昇降裝置300作為將托盤600輸送至托盤保管櫃60之托盤輸送裝置(排出昇降器)發揮作用。昇降裝置300的詳細情況之後進行敘述。Thelifting device 300 transports the tray 600 transported from the medicine dispensing device 30 from the cardinformation changing unit 100 to the tray storage cabinet 60. That is, thelifting device 300 functions as a tray transport device (discharge lift) for transporting the tray 600 to the tray storage cabinet 60. The details of thelifting device 300 will be described later.

卡片資訊變更單元100包括卡片裝卸裝置150、卡片輸送裝置200以及顯示變更裝置250。The cardinformation changing unit 100 includes a card loading andunloading device 150 , acard transporting device 200 and adisplay changing device 250 .

卡片裝卸裝置150進行重寫卡RC相對於卡片夾500或卡片載置部210(後述)之裝卸。如後所述，卡片載置部210設置在卡片輸送裝置200之與卡片裝卸裝置150相對之位置(參照圖5)。卡片載置部210作為載置臺發揮作用，該載置臺用以實現被卡片裝卸裝置150拔除的重寫卡RC在卡片裝卸裝置150與顯示變更裝置250之間的輸送。The card loading andunloading device 150 loads and unloads the rewrite card RC relative to the card holder 500 or the card loading section 210 (described later). As described later, the card loading section 210 is provided at a position of thecard transport device 200 that is opposite to the card loading and unloading device 150 (refer to FIG. 5 ). The card loading section 210 functions as a loading platform, and the loading platform is used to realize the transportation of the rewrite card RC removed by the card loading andunloading device 150 between the card loading andunloading device 150 and thedisplay changing device 250.

另外，在本實施方式中，卡片裝卸裝置150以實現下述兩功能之情況進行說明，亦即，(1)向卡片夾500或卡片載置部210安裝重寫卡RC之功能，以及(2)從卡片夾500或卡片載置部210拔除重寫卡RC之功能。換言之，卡片裝卸裝置150是下述裝置：具有由後述的卡片安裝裝置(參照變形例五)實現之功能，並且能夠將被保持於卡片夾500或卡片載置部210的重寫卡RC拔除之裝置。In addition, in the present embodiment, the card loading andunloading device 150 is described as realizing the following two functions, namely, (1) the function of installing the rewrite card RC into the card holder 500 or the card loading section 210, and (2) the function of removing the rewrite card RC from the card holder 500 or the card loading section 210. In other words, the card loading andunloading device 150 is a device that has the functions realized by the card installation device (see Modification Example 5) described later and is capable of removing the rewrite card RC held in the card holder 500 or the card loading section 210.

卡片輸送裝置200將被載置於卡片載置部210的重寫卡RC輸送至顯示變更裝置250，或者將由顯示變更裝置250重寫了顯示資訊的重寫卡RC輸送至卡片載置部210。另外，關於卡片裝卸裝置150和卡片輸送裝置200的詳細情況之後進行敘述。Thecard transport device 200 transports the rewrite card RC placed on the card placement unit 210 to thedisplay change device 250, or transports the rewrite card RC on which the display information is rewritten by thedisplay change device 250 to the card placement unit 210. The card loading andunloading device 150 and thecard transport device 200 will be described in detail later.

顯示變更裝置250將由卡片輸送裝置200輸送的重寫卡RC的顯示資訊進行變更。顯示變更裝置250設置在卡片輸送裝置200的卡片載置部210的附近。Thedisplay changing device 250 changes the display information of the rewrite card RC transmitted by thecard transport device 200. Thedisplay changing device 250 is provided near the card loading section 210 of thecard transport device 200.

控制裝置400統一控制托盤配發裝置50。控制裝置400包括昇降控制部410、移動控制部420、電磁閥控制部430、卡片有無判斷部440、卡片輸送控制部450、顯示變更控制部460、以及觸摸面板控制部470。Thecontrol device 400 controls thetray dispensing device 50 in a unified manner. Thecontrol device 400 includes a liftingcontrol unit 410, amovement control unit 420, an electromagneticvalve control unit 430, a cardpresence determination unit 440, a cardtransport control unit 450, a displaychange control unit 460, and a touchpanel control unit 470.

昇降控制部410控制昇降裝置300。卡片輸送控制部450控制卡片輸送裝置200。顯示變更控制部460控制顯示變更裝置250。觸摸面板控制部470控制向觸摸面板70上的顯示或輸入。The liftingcontrol unit 410 controls thelifting device 300. The cardtransport control unit 450 controls thecard transport device 200. The displaychange control unit 460 controls thedisplay change device 250. The touchpanel control unit 470 controls display or input on thetouch panel 70.

另外，移動控制部420控制卡片裝卸裝置150所具備的卡片吸附部151以及引導部152和153(兩者均之後進行敘述)之移動。電磁閥控制部430透過控制電磁閥172的接通/斷開(ON/OFF)，從而對經由卡片吸附部151之外部空氣的吸引進行控制。卡片有無判斷部440判斷卡片是否被裝到卡片夾500上。In addition, themovement control unit 420 controls the movement of the card adsorption unit 151 and the guide units 152 and 153 (both of which will be described later) of the card loading andunloading device 150. The electromagneticvalve control unit 430 controls the suction of external air through the card adsorption unit 151 by controlling the ON/OFF of the electromagnetic valve 172. The cardpresence determination unit 440 determines whether a card is loaded on the card holder 500.

另外，對於控制裝置400的各部的詳細情況，與之後敘述的各裝置的說明一同進行說明。In addition, the details of each part of thecontrol device 400 will be described together with the description of each device described later.

＜卡片資訊變更單元＞圖5係顯示卡片資訊變更單元100之構成之立體圖。在圖5中，從兩個不同方向觀察卡片資訊變更單元100的立體圖以符號5001和5002表示。如圖5所示，卡片資訊變更單元100包括卡片裝卸裝置150、卡片輸送裝置200以及顯示變更裝置250。<Card Information Changing Unit> FIG. 5 is a three-dimensional diagram showing the structure of the cardinformation changing unit 100. In FIG. 5, three-dimensional diagrams of the cardinformation changing unit 100 viewed from two different directions are represented by symbols 5001 and 5002. As shown in FIG. 5, the cardinformation changing unit 100 includes a card loading andunloading device 150, acard transport device 200, and adisplay changing device 250.

卡片裝卸裝置150包括卡片吸附部151、引導部152和153(一對引導部)、以及支撐部161。此外，卡片裝卸裝置150包括過濾器171、電磁閥172、Z軸電動機173(插入動作部)、θ軸電動機174(旋轉部)、吸附確認感測器175、卡片檢測部176、真空泵(未圖示)、以及多個位置感測器。Z軸係指表示卡片吸附部151朝向卡片夾500的方向或遠離卡片夾500的方向之軸(圖5中以實線表示之Z軸)，或者，表示朝向卡片載置部210的方向或遠離卡片載置部210的方向之軸(圖5中以虛線表示之Z軸)。θ軸係指與Z軸垂直的水平面內之軸。關於多個位置感測器，之後參照圖6進行敘述。The card loading andunloading device 150 includes a card adsorption portion 151, guide portions 152 and 153 (a pair of guide portions), and a support portion 161. In addition, the card loading andunloading device 150 includes a filter 171, an electromagnetic valve 172, a Z-axis motor 173 (insertion action portion), a θ-axis motor 174 (rotation portion), an adsorption confirmation sensor 175, a card detection portion 176, a vacuum pump (not shown), and a plurality of position sensors. The Z axis refers to an axis indicating a direction of the card adsorption portion 151 toward or away from the card holder 500 (the Z axis indicated by a solid line in FIG. 5 ), or an axis indicating a direction toward or away from the card loading portion 210 (the Z axis indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 5 ). The θ axis is an axis in a horizontal plane perpendicular to the Z axis. The multiple position sensors will be described later with reference to FIG. 6 .

在上述控制裝置400中，移動控制部420控制Z軸電動機173和θ軸電動機174。電磁閥控制部430控制電磁閥172。此外，卡片有無判斷部440根據卡片檢測部176的訊號，判斷卡片夾500中有無重寫卡RC。In thecontrol device 400, themovement control unit 420 controls the Z-axis motor 173 and the θ-axis motor 174. The solenoidvalve control unit 430 controls the solenoid valve 172. In addition, the cardpresence determination unit 440 determines whether the rewrite card RC is present in the card holder 500 based on the signal of the card detection unit 176.

卡片吸附部151是從其表面側吸附重寫卡RC之吸附墊。卡片吸附部151是由具有撓性的材料形成、且具有與重寫卡RC抵接的邊緣部之杯狀部件。在本實施方式中，卡片吸附部151安裝於支撐部161。The card adsorption part 151 is an adsorption pad that adsorbs the rewrite card RC from its surface side. The card adsorption part 151 is a cup-shaped member formed of a flexible material and having an edge portion that abuts against the rewrite card RC. In this embodiment, the card adsorption part 151 is installed on the support part 161.

過濾器171是用以將灰塵等從被真空泵吸引的空氣中除去之過濾器。電磁閥172是控制真空泵對卡片吸附部151和由重寫卡RC限定的空間之吸引之閥。卡片吸附部151經由過濾器171和電磁閥172連接於真空泵。The filter 171 is a filter for removing dust and the like from the air sucked by the vacuum pump. The solenoid valve 172 is a valve for controlling the vacuum pump to suck the card adsorption part 151 and the space defined by the rewrite card RC. The card adsorption part 151 is connected to the vacuum pump via the filter 171 and the solenoid valve 172.

在電磁閥172呈接通(ON)狀態下，上述空間的空氣被真空泵吸引，藉此重寫卡RC被卡片吸附部151吸附。另一方面，在電磁閥172呈斷開(OFF)狀態下，由於上述空間的空氣不再被真空泵吸引，因此重寫卡RC被從卡片吸附部151釋放。When the electromagnetic valve 172 is turned on, the air in the space is sucked by the vacuum pump, so that the rewrite card RC is sucked by the card suction unit 151. On the other hand, when the electromagnetic valve 172 is turned off, the air in the space is no longer sucked by the vacuum pump, so the rewrite card RC is released from the card suction unit 151.

Z軸電動機173使透過包含引導部152和153的彎曲機構(後述)而被彎曲之重寫卡RC在其表裡方向上移動，藉此相對於卡片夾500或卡片輸送裝置200的卡片載置部210裝卸重寫卡RC。表裡方向可以包括：(1)從卡片夾500(或卡片載置部210)的正面側朝向卡片夾500(或卡片載置部210)之第一方向，以及(2)與第一方向相反之第二方向。表裡方向(第一方向或第二方向)包括相對於被保持於卡片夾500或卡片載置部210時的重寫卡RC表面之垂直方向，但不限於該方向，亦可為相對於該垂直方向傾斜之方向。以下，作為上述表裡方向的一例，使用上述垂直方向進行說明。The Z-axis motor 173 moves the rewrite card RC bent by the bending mechanism (described later) including the guide portions 152 and 153 in its front-to-back direction, thereby loading and unloading the rewrite card RC relative to the card holder 500 or the card loading portion 210 of thecard transport device 200. The front-to-back direction may include: (1) a first direction from the front side of the card holder 500 (or the card loading portion 210) toward the card holder 500 (or the card loading portion 210), and (2) a second direction opposite to the first direction. The front-to-back direction (first direction or second direction) includes a vertical direction relative to the surface of the rewrite card RC when it is held in the card holder 500 or the card loading portion 210, but is not limited to this direction, and may also be a direction inclined relative to the vertical direction. In the following, the vertical direction is used as an example of the above-mentioned front-to-back direction for explanation.

具體而言，Z軸電動機173使卡片吸附部151沿上述垂直方向移動。上述垂直方向是圖5中所示並且如上所述的Z軸方向。亦即，Z軸電動機173使卡片吸附部151沿著Z軸方向移動。在本實施方式中，Z軸電動機173使支撐部161沿該方向移動，藉此使安裝於支撐部161的卡片吸附部151移動。但是，Z軸電動機173亦可僅使卡片吸附部151移動。Z軸電動機173例如是步進電動機。Specifically, the Z-axis motor 173 moves the card adsorption portion 151 along the vertical direction. The vertical direction is the Z-axis direction shown in FIG. 5 and described above. That is, the Z-axis motor 173 moves the card adsorption portion 151 along the Z-axis direction. In the present embodiment, the Z-axis motor 173 moves the support portion 161 along the direction, thereby moving the card adsorption portion 151 mounted on the support portion 161. However, the Z-axis motor 173 may only move the card adsorption portion 151. The Z-axis motor 173 is, for example, a stepping motor.

Z軸電動機173一邊使重寫卡RC彎曲一邊將重寫卡RC從卡片夾500上裝卸。具體地，Z軸電動機173利用引導部152和153引導重寫卡RC並使其彎曲。透過如此使重寫卡RC彎曲並將其從卡片夾500上裝卸，能夠順利地進行裝卸。此外，與例如使用輥等使重寫卡RC在平行於該重寫卡RC表面的方向上滑動而裝卸之構成相比，能夠避免在裝卸重寫卡RC的過程中該重寫卡RC被堵住等不良情況。The Z-axis motor 173 bends the rewrite card RC while loading and unloading the rewrite card RC from the card holder 500. Specifically, the Z-axis motor 173 guides and bends the rewrite card RC using the guides 152 and 153. By bending the rewrite card RC and loading and unloading it from the card holder 500 in this way, it is possible to load and unload it smoothly. In addition, compared with a configuration in which the rewrite card RC is loaded and unloaded by sliding it in a direction parallel to the surface of the rewrite card RC using a roller, etc., it is possible to avoid the undesirable situation that the rewrite card RC is blocked during the loading and unloading process.

在吸附重寫卡RC時，移動控制部420利用Z軸電動機173使卡片吸附部151以及引導部152和153沿上述第一方向接近卡片夾500。藉此，使被卡片夾500保持的重寫卡RC被卡片吸附部151吸附。進而，在卡片吸附部151吸附有重寫卡RC之狀態下，Z軸電動機173使卡片吸附部151相對於引導部152和153相對地沿上述第二方向移動。例如，較之與重寫卡RC接觸的引導部152和153，Z軸電動機173將卡片吸附部151拉入卡片裝卸裝置150的內部。藉此，當從卡片夾500中拔除重寫卡RC時，能夠使吸附的重寫卡RC彎曲。When adsorbing the rewrite card RC, themovement control unit 420 uses the Z-axis motor 173 to make the card adsorption unit 151 and the guide units 152 and 153 approach the card holder 500 along the first direction. Thereby, the rewrite card RC held by the card holder 500 is adsorbed by the card adsorption unit 151. Furthermore, in the state where the card adsorption unit 151 adsorbs the rewrite card RC, the Z-axis motor 173 moves the card adsorption unit 151 relative to the guide units 152 and 153 along the second direction. For example, the Z-axis motor 173 pulls the card adsorption unit 151 into the interior of the card loading andunloading device 150 relative to the guide units 152 and 153 in contact with the rewrite card RC. Thereby, when the rewrite card RC is removed from the card holder 500, the adsorbed rewrite card RC can be bent.

在將重寫卡RC壓入(安裝)到卡片夾500中時，移動控制部420使卡片吸附部151以及引導部152和153在Z軸電動機173的作用下沿上述第一方向靠近卡片夾500。藉此，將被卡片吸附部151以及引導部152和153以彎曲狀態保持的重寫卡RC壓入卡片夾500中。因此，卡片裝卸裝置150能夠將以彎曲狀態保持的重寫卡RC保持彎曲狀態不變而安裝在卡片夾500上。When the rewrite card RC is pressed (installed) into the card holder 500, themovement control unit 420 causes the card adsorption unit 151 and the guide units 152 and 153 to approach the card holder 500 along the first direction under the action of the Z-axis motor 173. Thus, the rewrite card RC held in a bent state by the card adsorption unit 151 and the guide units 152 and 153 is pressed into the card holder 500. Therefore, the card loading andunloading device 150 can mount the rewrite card RC held in a bent state on the card holder 500 while keeping the bent state unchanged.

θ軸電動機174以卡片吸附部151以及引導部152和153分別與卡片夾500和設置在卡片輸送裝置200中的卡片載置部210相對之方式，使卡片吸附部151以及引導部152和153旋轉。在本實施方式中，θ軸電動機174使支撐部161圍繞與圖5所示的且平行於上述θ軸的軸旋轉，藉此使卡片吸附部151以及引導部152和153旋轉。如此，使卡片吸附部151以及引導部152和153旋轉，從而將重寫卡RC面對著卡片夾500之狀態和重寫卡RC面對著卡片載置部210之狀態進行切換。藉此，與例如使重寫卡RC平行移動之構成相比，能夠減少卡片裝卸裝置150的空間。θ軸電動機174例如是步進電動機。The θ-axis motor 174 rotates the card adsorption portion 151 and the guide portions 152 and 153 in such a manner that the card adsorption portion 151 and the guide portions 152 and 153 are respectively opposed to the card holder 500 and the card loading portion 210 provided in thecard transport device 200. In the present embodiment, the θ-axis motor 174 rotates the support portion 161 around an axis parallel to the θ-axis shown in FIG. 5 , thereby rotating the card adsorption portion 151 and the guide portions 152 and 153. In this way, the card adsorption portion 151 and the guide portions 152 and 153 are rotated, thereby switching between a state in which the rewrite card RC faces the card holder 500 and a state in which the rewrite card RC faces the card loading portion 210. This makes it possible to reduce the space required for the card loading andunloading device 150, compared with, for example, a configuration in which the rewrite card RC is moved in parallel. The θ-axis motor 174 is, for example, a stepping motor.

在本實施方式中，在利用卡片裝卸裝置150進行重寫卡RC之裝卸時，卡片夾500位於卡片裝卸裝置150的水平方向上。亦即，卡片裝卸裝置150設置在下述位置：在透過托盤輸送機構80而被從藥劑配發裝置30輸送來的托盤600所停止的位置處與卡片夾500相對之位置(參照圖11的11001)。此外，卡片載置部210位於卡片裝卸裝置150的豎直方向上。因此，能夠不改變托盤600的姿勢，而將被配置於托盤600側面的卡片夾500所保持的重寫卡RC裝卸。此外，僅透過使卡片裝卸裝置150旋轉90°，便能夠使被從托盤600中拔除的重寫卡RC移動至用以載置到卡片載置部210上之位置(反之亦然)。因此，能夠減小卡片裝卸裝置150所需的空間，並且能夠提高卡片資訊變更單元100的安裝自由度。In this embodiment, when the rewrite card RC is loaded and unloaded using the card loading andunloading device 150, the card holder 500 is located in the horizontal direction of the card loading andunloading device 150. That is, the card loading andunloading device 150 is set at the following position: a position opposite to the card holder 500 at the position where the tray 600 transported from the medicine dispensing device 30 through the tray transport mechanism 80 stops (refer to 11001 in Figure 11). In addition, the card loading section 210 is located in the vertical direction of the card loading andunloading device 150. Therefore, the rewrite card RC held by the card holder 500 arranged on the side of the tray 600 can be loaded and unloaded without changing the posture of the tray 600. In addition, the rewrite card RC removed from the tray 600 can be moved to a position for loading on the card loading portion 210 (and vice versa) simply by rotating the card loading andunloading device 150 by 90 degrees. Therefore, the space required for the card loading andunloading device 150 can be reduced, and the degree of freedom in installing the cardinformation changing unit 100 can be increased.

吸附確認感測器175是氣壓感測器，其是在卡片吸附部151與重寫卡RC抵接之狀態下，輸出表示被卡片吸附部151和重寫卡RC限定的空間的氣壓之訊號。在圖5所示的例子中，吸附確認感測器175設置在過濾器171與電磁閥172之間。The adsorption confirmation sensor 175 is an air pressure sensor that outputs a signal indicating the air pressure of the space defined by the card adsorption unit 151 and the rewrite card RC when the card adsorption unit 151 and the rewrite card RC are in contact. In the example shown in FIG. 5 , the adsorption confirmation sensor 175 is disposed between the filter 171 and the solenoid valve 172 .

若吸附確認感測器175的輸出訊號所示的氣壓小於規定的閾值，則移動控制部420判斷為重寫卡RC被卡片吸附部151吸附。另一方面，若上述輸出訊號所示的氣壓為規定的閾值以上，則移動控制部420判斷為重寫卡RC未被卡片吸附部151吸附。If the air pressure indicated by the output signal of the adsorption confirmation sensor 175 is less than a predetermined threshold, themovement control unit 420 determines that the rewrite card RC is adsorbed by the card adsorption unit 151. On the other hand, if the air pressure indicated by the output signal is greater than a predetermined threshold, themovement control unit 420 determines that the rewrite card RC is not adsorbed by the card adsorption unit 151.

卡片檢測部176是檢測重寫卡RC是否被保持在卡片夾500上之感測器。卡片檢測部176具有例如對重寫卡RC或卡片夾500發光的發光部之接收被重寫卡RC或卡片夾500反射的光之光接收部。The card detection unit 176 is a sensor that detects whether the rewrite card RC is held on the card holder 500. The card detection unit 176 has, for example, a light emitting unit that emits light to the rewrite card RC or the card holder 500 and a light receiving unit that receives light reflected by the rewrite card RC or the card holder 500.

卡片檢測部176被利用於由卡片有無判斷部440實施之卡片夾500中有無卡片的判斷。卡片有無判斷部440根據卡片檢測部176的光接收部所接收的光的顏色，檢測重寫卡RC是否被保持在卡片夾500中。The card detection unit 176 is used for the determination of whether a card is present in the card holder 500 by the cardpresence determination unit 440. The cardpresence determination unit 440 detects whether the rewritable card RC is held in the card holder 500 based on the color of the light received by the light receiving unit of the card detection unit 176.

在此，也存在卡片夾500中保持有與被輸送到顯示變更裝置250的重寫卡RC不同之重寫卡RC這一可能性。假如另一重寫卡RC被保持在卡片夾500中並且被輸送到顯示變更裝置250的重寫卡RC未被返回到卡片夾500，則僅另一重寫卡RC被保持在卡片夾500中不動。另一重寫卡RC顯示與應提供被配發至具備卡片夾500的托盤600中之藥劑之患者不同的患者資訊的可能性大。在該情況下，根據另一重寫卡RC的顯示資訊，配發至托盤600的藥劑將會被提供給與本應提供的患者不同之患者，這將成為大問題。Here, there is also a possibility that a rewrite card RC different from the rewrite card RC transported to thedisplay changing device 250 is held in the card holder 500. If another rewrite card RC is held in the card holder 500 and the rewrite card RC transported to thedisplay changing device 250 is not returned to the card holder 500, only the other rewrite card RC is held in the card holder 500 without moving. There is a high possibility that the other rewrite card RC displays patient information different from the patient to whom the medicine dispensed to the tray 600 equipped with the card holder 500 should be provided. In this case, according to the display information of the other rewrite card RC, the medicine dispensed to the tray 600 will be provided to a patient different from the patient to whom it should be provided, which will become a big problem.

因此，在利用顯示變更裝置250變更重寫卡RC的顯示資訊的期間，卡片有無判斷部440亦可利用卡片檢測部176執行卡片夾500中是否保持有與該重寫卡RC不同的重寫卡RC之檢測動作。另外，上述“變更重寫卡RC的顯示資訊的期間”中亦可包含下述期間：亦即，透過卡片輸送裝置200將被載置在卡片載置部210上的重寫卡RC從卡片載置部210輸送至顯示變更裝置250為止的期間。另外，亦可包含下述期間：亦即，透過卡片輸送裝置200將由顯示變更裝置250變更了顯示資訊的重寫卡RC從顯示變更裝置250輸送至卡片載置部210為止的期間。Therefore, during the period of changing the display information of the rewrite card RC by thedisplay change device 250, the card presence/absence determination unit 440 may also use the card detection unit 176 to perform a detection operation of whether a rewrite card RC different from the rewrite card RC is held in the card holder 500. In addition, the above-mentioned "period of changing the display information of the rewrite card RC" may also include the following period: that is, the period from the rewrite card RC placed on the card loading unit 210 is transported from the card loading unit 210 to thedisplay change device 250 by thecard transport device 200. In addition, the following period may also be included: that is, the period from the rewrite card RC whose display information is changed by thedisplay change device 250 is transported from thedisplay change device 250 to the card loading unit 210 by thecard transport device 200.

在執行上述檢測動作時，移動控制部420以卡片檢測部176面對卡片夾500之方式，使支撐部161移動。當卡片夾500中未保持有上述另一重寫卡RC時，卡片檢測部176不檢測該重寫卡RC。另一方面，當卡片夾500中保持有上述另一重寫卡RC時，卡片檢測部176檢測重寫卡RC。因此，卡片有無判斷部440能夠透過卡片檢測部176的檢測來判斷卡片夾500中是否保持有不需要的重寫卡RC。When performing the above-mentioned detection operation, themovement control unit 420 moves the support unit 161 in such a manner that the card detection unit 176 faces the card holder 500. When the card holder 500 does not hold the above-mentioned other rewrite card RC, the card detection unit 176 does not detect the rewrite card RC. On the other hand, when the card holder 500 holds the above-mentioned other rewrite card RC, the card detection unit 176 detects the rewrite card RC. Therefore, the cardpresence determination unit 440 can determine whether the card holder 500 holds an unnecessary rewrite card RC through the detection of the card detection unit 176.

當卡片有無判斷部440判斷為卡片夾500中保持有上述另一重寫卡RC時，控制裝置400停止卡片資訊變更單元100的動作。另外，觸摸面板控制部470在觸摸面板70上顯示保持有另一重寫卡RC這一情況。另一方面，當卡片有無判斷部440判斷為卡片夾500中未保持有上述另一重寫卡RC時，移動控制部420以卡片吸附部151等面對卡片載置部210之方式，使支撐部161移動。亦即，移動控制部420以能夠吸附被從顯示變更裝置250返回的重寫卡RC之方式，使支撐部161移動。When the cardpresence judgment unit 440 judges that the card holder 500 holds the above-mentioned other rewrite card RC, thecontrol device 400 stops the operation of the cardinformation change unit 100. In addition, the touchpanel control unit 470 displays the fact that the above-mentioned other rewrite card RC is held on thetouch panel 70. On the other hand, when the cardpresence judgment unit 440 judges that the card holder 500 does not hold the above-mentioned other rewrite card RC, themovement control unit 420 moves the support unit 161 in such a manner that the card adsorption unit 151 and the like face the card loading unit 210. That is, themovement control unit 420 moves the support unit 161 in such a manner that the rewrite card RC returned from thedisplay change device 250 can be adsorbed.

引導部152和153引導卡片吸附部151所吸附的重寫卡RC。引導部152和153相對於卡片吸附部151設置在重寫卡RC的表面方向的兩側。透過如此設置引導部152和153，卡片裝卸裝置150能夠使重寫卡RC以引導部152和153作為支點而彎曲。換言之，引導部152和153作為使卡片吸附部151所吸附的重寫卡RC彎曲時的支點發揮作用。The guide parts 152 and 153 guide the rewrite card RC adsorbed by the card adsorption part 151. The guide parts 152 and 153 are arranged on both sides of the surface direction of the rewrite card RC relative to the card adsorption part 151. By arranging the guide parts 152 and 153 in this way, the card loading andunloading device 150 can bend the rewrite card RC with the guide parts 152 and 153 as a fulcrum. In other words, the guide parts 152 and 153 function as a fulcrum when the rewrite card RC adsorbed by the card adsorption part 151 is bent.

引導部152和153分別具備輥154和155，輥154和155透過旋轉而輔助重寫卡RC向上述垂直方向之移動。輥154和155具有相互平行且平行於重寫卡RC表面之旋轉軸。在引導部152和153分別與重寫卡RC接觸之狀態下，透過輥154和155進行旋轉，從而能夠順利地使重寫卡RC彎曲。The guides 152 and 153 are provided with rollers 154 and 155 respectively, and the rollers 154 and 155 assist the rewrite card RC to move in the vertical direction mentioned above by rotating. The rollers 154 and 155 have rotation axes parallel to each other and parallel to the surface of the rewrite card RC. When the guides 152 and 153 are in contact with the rewrite card RC respectively, the rollers 154 and 155 rotate, thereby smoothly bending the rewrite card RC.

此外，輥154和155分別被從卡片吸附部151釋放並與載置在卡片載置部210上的重寫卡RC抵接亦可。該情況下，輥154和155分別輔助重寫卡RC朝向下述方向之移動，亦即，由卡片輸送裝置200實施之重寫卡RC的輸送方向。透過預先使輥154和155與載置在卡片載置部210上的重寫卡RC抵接，從而在從卡片載置部210向顯示變更裝置250輸送重寫卡RC時，利用輥154和155的旋轉輔助該輸送。因此，能夠更順暢地進行該輸送。In addition, the rollers 154 and 155 may be released from the card adsorption portion 151 and abut against the rewrite card RC placed on the card placement portion 210. In this case, the rollers 154 and 155 assist the rewrite card RC to move in the following direction, that is, the conveying direction of the rewrite card RC by thecard conveying device 200. By making the rollers 154 and 155 abut against the rewrite card RC placed on the card placement portion 210 in advance, when the rewrite card RC is conveyed from the card placement portion 210 to thedisplay changing device 250, the rotation of the rollers 154 and 155 assists the conveyance. Therefore, the conveyance can be performed more smoothly.

另外，引導部152和153各自均在與重寫卡RC接觸的接觸面的至少一部分上設有緩衝部件，緩衝部件用以緩和重寫卡RC接觸時的衝擊。在本實施方式中，引導部152和153分別具備O形圈156和157，作為緩衝部件。引導部152和153分別與重寫卡RC接觸時，是利用O形圈156和157進行接觸。因此，抑制了引導部152和153接觸重寫卡RC時的撞擊聲，另外減輕了對重寫卡RC以及引導部152和153施加的負荷。此外，緩衝部件的形狀不限於如O形圈156和157那樣僅在引導部152和153的一部分上設置之形狀，亦可覆蓋引導部152和153的整體。In addition, each of the guides 152 and 153 is provided with a buffer component on at least a portion of the contact surface with the rewrite card RC, and the buffer component is used to buffer the impact when the rewrite card RC is in contact. In the present embodiment, the guides 152 and 153 are provided with O-rings 156 and 157, respectively, as buffer components. When the guides 152 and 153 are in contact with the rewrite card RC, they are in contact with the O-rings 156 and 157, respectively. Therefore, the impact sound when the guides 152 and 153 are in contact with the rewrite card RC is suppressed, and the load applied to the rewrite card RC and the guides 152 and 153 is reduced. In addition, the shape of the buffer member is not limited to the shape provided only on a portion of the guide portions 152 and 153 like the O-rings 156 and 157, but may cover the entire guide portions 152 and 153.

支撐部161是將卡片吸附部151以及引導部152和153呈在上述垂直方向上可移動地進行支撐之部件。具體而言，支撐部161具備分別支撐引導部152和153之支撐軸162和163。支撐軸162和163在上述垂直方向上沿著從支撐部161朝向重寫卡RC之方向延伸。支撐軸162和163支撐引導部152和153，使得引導部152和153相對於支撐部161能夠沿上述垂直方向彼此獨立地移動。The support portion 161 is a component that supports the card adsorption portion 151 and the guide portions 152 and 153 movably in the vertical direction. Specifically, the support portion 161 has support shafts 162 and 163 that support the guide portions 152 and 153, respectively. The support shafts 162 and 163 extend in the vertical direction from the support portion 161 toward the rewrite card RC. The support shafts 162 and 163 support the guide portions 152 and 153 so that the guide portions 152 and 153 can move independently of each other in the vertical direction relative to the support portion 161.

如上所述，Z軸電動機173透過使支撐部161移動而移動卡片吸附部151。因此，Z軸電動機173使引導部152和153也與卡片吸附部151一起在上述垂直方向上移動。依該構造，由於移動控制部420僅控制Z軸電動機173即可，因此，與例如另外設有用以使引導部152和153移動之電動機之構造相比，能夠簡化處理。As described above, the Z-axis motor 173 moves the card adsorption portion 151 by moving the support portion 161. Therefore, the Z-axis motor 173 moves the guide portions 152 and 153 in the vertical direction together with the card adsorption portion 151. According to this structure, since themovement control unit 420 only needs to control the Z-axis motor 173, the processing can be simplified compared with a structure in which a motor for moving the guide portions 152 and 153 is separately provided.

支撐軸162和163上設置有彈簧164和165(伸縮部件)，彈簧164和165分別隨著引導部152和153的移動而伸展或收縮。藉此，能夠在與卡片吸附部151提供的吸附力相反的一側對重寫卡RC施力。此外，如上所述，由於支撐軸162和163彼此獨立地移動，因此彈簧164和165彼此獨立地伸縮。因此，即使在引導部152和153至卡片夾500或卡片載置部210的距離不同之情形下，也能夠透過利用Z軸電動機173使引導部152和153移動，而使引導部152和153雙方與重寫卡RC抵接。Springs 164 and 165 (extension and contraction parts) are provided on the support shafts 162 and 163, and the springs 164 and 165 are extended or contracted respectively with the movement of the guide parts 152 and 153. In this way, a force can be applied to the rewrite card RC on the side opposite to the adsorption force provided by the card adsorption part 151. In addition, as described above, since the support shafts 162 and 163 move independently of each other, the springs 164 and 165 are extended and contracted independently of each other. Therefore, even when the distances between the guides 152 and 153 and the card holder 500 or the card loading portion 210 are different, the guides 152 and 153 can be moved by using the Z-axis motor 173 so that both the guides 152 and 153 can be brought into contact with the rewritable card RC.

在彈簧164和165為自然長度之狀態下，引導部152和153被支撐在比卡片吸附部151更遠離支撐部161之位置。因此，當支撐部161朝向重寫卡RC(亦即，朝向上述第一方向)移動時，引導部152和153在卡片吸附部151之前抵接重寫卡RC。當卡片吸附部151在引導部152和153與重寫卡RC抵接之狀態下進一步向重寫卡RC移動時，彈簧164和165被壓縮，卡片吸附部151與重寫卡RC抵接。另一方面，當在卡片吸附部151吸附著重寫卡RC之狀態下支撐部161朝向上述第二方向移動時，卡片吸附部151與支撐部161一起移動。另外，即使支撐部161向上述第二方向移動，在被壓縮的彈簧164和165恢復為自然長度(原始狀態)之前，引導部152和153也不會相對於卡片夾500或卡片載置部210進行移動。其結果是，卡片吸附部151相對於引導部152和153呈拉入的狀態，因此卡片裝卸裝置150能夠使吸附的重寫卡RC彎曲。此外，能夠以該狀態保持重寫卡RC。When the springs 164 and 165 are at their natural lengths, the guides 152 and 153 are supported at a position farther from the support portion 161 than the card adsorption portion 151. Therefore, when the support portion 161 moves toward the rewrite card RC (that is, toward the first direction mentioned above), the guides 152 and 153 abut against the rewrite card RC before the card adsorption portion 151. When the card adsorption portion 151 moves further toward the rewrite card RC in a state in which the guides 152 and 153 abut against the rewrite card RC, the springs 164 and 165 are compressed, and the card adsorption portion 151 abuts against the rewrite card RC. On the other hand, when the support portion 161 moves toward the second direction mentioned above in a state in which the card adsorption portion 151 adsorbs the rewrite card RC, the card adsorption portion 151 moves together with the support portion 161. Furthermore, even if the support portion 161 moves in the second direction, the guide portions 152 and 153 do not move relative to the card holder 500 or the card loading portion 210 until the compressed springs 164 and 165 return to their natural lengths (original states). As a result, the card adsorption portion 151 is pulled in relative to the guide portions 152 and 153, so that the card loading andunloading device 150 can bend the adsorbed rewrite card RC. Furthermore, the rewrite card RC can be held in this state.

如上所述，至少利用引導部152和153、支撐部161、支撐軸162和163、以及彈簧164和165，作為使被卡片吸附部151吸附的重寫卡RC彎曲之彎曲機構發揮作用。例如，該等部件透過使重寫卡RC彎曲，使得重寫卡RC的外邊緣部位於上述間隙的入口附近。As described above, at least the guides 152 and 153, the support portion 161, the support shafts 162 and 163, and the springs 164 and 165 function as a bending mechanism for bending the rewrite card RC adsorbed by the card adsorption portion 151. For example, these components bend the rewrite card RC so that the outer edge of the rewrite card RC is located near the entrance of the gap.

而且，如上所述，Z軸電動機173透過使支撐部161移動而使彎曲狀態的重寫卡RC沿上述第一方向移動，其結果是將上述外邊緣部插入上述間隙中。另外，在本實施方式中，如上所述，Z軸電動機173透過使支撐部161移動而使彎曲狀態的重寫卡RC沿上述第二方向移動，其結果是將上述外邊緣部從上述間隙中拔出。亦即，本實施方式之Z軸電動機173兼具將上述外邊緣部插入上述間隙中之卡片插入功能和將上述外邊緣部從上述間隙中拔出之卡片拔出功能。Furthermore, as described above, the Z-axis motor 173 moves the rewrite card RC in the bent state along the first direction by moving the support portion 161, and as a result, the outer edge portion is inserted into the gap. In addition, in the present embodiment, as described above, the Z-axis motor 173 moves the rewrite card RC in the bent state along the second direction by moving the support portion 161, and as a result, the outer edge portion is pulled out from the gap. That is, the Z-axis motor 173 of the present embodiment has both a card insertion function of inserting the outer edge portion into the gap and a card extraction function of pulling the outer edge portion out from the gap.

圖6係顯示卡片裝卸裝置150所具備的位置感測器之圖。在圖6中，適當省略了支撐位置感測器的部件。如圖6所示，卡片裝卸裝置150具有第一Z軸極限感測器181、第二Z軸極限感測器182、第一θ軸極限感測器183、以及第二θ軸極限感測器184。只要是能夠檢測卡片吸附部151的位置之位置，該等位置感測器便可以配置在任意位置。在以下說明中，對於Z軸方向，將在進行重寫卡RC的裝卸動作時朝向卡片夾500或卡片載置部210之方向設定為正方向。另外，對於θ軸方向，將從卡片夾500的方向朝向卡片載置部210的方向之旋轉方向設定為正方向。FIG6 is a diagram showing a position sensor provided in the card loading andunloading device 150. In FIG6, components that support the position sensor are appropriately omitted. As shown in FIG6, the card loading andunloading device 150 has a first Z-axis limit sensor 181, a second Z-axis limit sensor 182, a first θ-axis limit sensor 183, and a second θ-axis limit sensor 184. These position sensors can be arranged at any position as long as they are capable of detecting the position of the card adsorption portion 151. In the following description, for the Z-axis direction, the direction toward the card holder 500 or the card loading portion 210 when the rewrite card RC is loaded and unloaded is set as the positive direction. In addition, for the θ-axis direction, the rotation direction from the direction of the card holder 500 toward the direction of the card loading portion 210 is set as the positive direction.

第一Z軸極限感測器181是當卡片吸附部151到達了Z軸方向上的移動範圍之上限時向移動控制部420輸出訊號之感測器。當被輸入了來自第一Z軸極限感測器181的訊號時，移動控制部420停止卡片吸附部151向Z軸方向的正方向之移動。The first Z-axis limit sensor 181 is a sensor that outputs a signal to themovement control unit 420 when the card adsorption unit 151 reaches the upper limit of the movement range in the Z-axis direction. When the signal from the first Z-axis limit sensor 181 is input, themovement control unit 420 stops the movement of the card adsorption unit 151 in the positive direction of the Z-axis direction.

第二Z軸極限感測器182是當卡片吸附部151到達了Z軸方向上的移動範圍之下限時向移動控制部420輸出訊號之感測器。當被輸入了來自第二Z軸極限感測器182的訊號時，移動控制部420停止卡片吸附部151向Z軸方向的負方向之移動。此外，在卡片裝卸裝置150的動作開始時，卡片吸附部151向Z軸方向的負方向移動，直到第二Z軸極限感測器182輸出訊號，並且以第二Z軸極限感測器182輸出訊號之位置為基準向待機位置移動。The second Z-axis limit sensor 182 is a sensor that outputs a signal to themovement control unit 420 when the card adsorption unit 151 reaches the lower limit of the movement range in the Z-axis direction. When the signal from the second Z-axis limit sensor 182 is input, themovement control unit 420 stops the movement of the card adsorption unit 151 in the negative direction of the Z-axis direction. In addition, when the card loading andunloading device 150 starts to operate, the card adsorption unit 151 moves in the negative direction of the Z-axis direction until the second Z-axis limit sensor 182 outputs a signal, and moves to the standby position based on the position where the second Z-axis limit sensor 182 outputs the signal.

第一θ軸極限感測器183是當卡片吸附部151到達了θ軸方向上的旋轉範圍之上限時輸出訊號之感測器。當第一θ軸極限感測器183輸出了訊號時，卡片吸附部151停止朝向下述方向的旋轉，亦即，從面對卡片夾500的方向朝向面對卡片載置部210的方向這一方向。The first θ-axis limit sensor 183 is a sensor that outputs a signal when the card adsorption portion 151 reaches the upper limit of the rotation range in the θ-axis direction. When the first θ-axis limit sensor 183 outputs a signal, the card adsorption portion 151 stops rotating in the following direction, that is, from the direction facing the card holder 500 to the direction facing the card loading portion 210.

第二θ軸極限感測器184是當卡片吸附部151到達了θ軸方向上的旋轉範圍之下限時輸出訊號之感測器。當第二θ軸極限感測器184輸出了訊號時，卡片吸附部151停止朝向下述方向的旋轉，亦即，從面對卡片載置部210的方向朝向面對卡片夾500的方向這一方向。另外，在卡片裝卸裝置150的動作開始時，卡片吸附部151進行旋轉直到第二θ軸極限感測器184輸出訊號為止，並以第二θ軸極限感測器184輸出訊號之位置為基準向待機位置旋轉。The second θ-axis limit sensor 184 is a sensor that outputs a signal when the card adsorption portion 151 reaches the lower limit of the rotation range in the θ-axis direction. When the second θ-axis limit sensor 184 outputs a signal, the card adsorption portion 151 stops rotating in the following direction, that is, from the direction facing the card loading portion 210 to the direction facing the card holder 500. In addition, when the card loading andunloading device 150 starts to operate, the card adsorption portion 151 rotates until the second θ-axis limit sensor 184 outputs a signal, and rotates to the standby position based on the position where the second θ-axis limit sensor 184 outputs a signal.

上述待機位置是成為卡片吸附部151等移動之基準之位置。移動控制部420利用作為步進電動機的Z軸電動機173和θ軸電動機174並以待機位置為基準，對卡片吸附部151等的位置進行控制。然而，在卡片吸附部151等由於不良情況而移動到不希望的位置時，第一Z軸極限感測器181、第二Z軸極限感測器182、第一θ軸極限感測器183或第二θ軸極限感測器184對卡片吸附部151等進行檢測，並使其移動停止。The standby position is a position that serves as a reference for the movement of the card adsorption unit 151, etc. Themovement control unit 420 uses the Z-axis motor 173 and the θ-axis motor 174, which are stepping motors, to control the position of the card adsorption unit 151, etc. based on the standby position. However, when the card adsorption unit 151, etc. moves to an undesirable position due to a bad situation, the first Z-axis limit sensor 181, the second Z-axis limit sensor 182, the first θ-axis limit sensor 183, or the second θ-axis limit sensor 184 detects the card adsorption unit 151, etc. and stops its movement.

圖7係顯示卡片輸送裝置200的構成之圖。如圖7所示，卡片輸送裝置200具備卡片載置部210、傳送帶220、第一感測器230以及第二感測器240。FIG7 is a diagram showing the structure of thecard transport device 200. As shown in FIG7, thecard transport device 200 includes a card loading portion 210, a conveyor belt 220, a first sensor 230, and a second sensor 240.

卡片載置部210是載置重寫卡RC的載置臺。卡片載置部210具有：能夠實現重寫卡RC的裝卸之開口部211、載置重寫卡RC之底部212、與底部212連接並形成開口部211之側壁213。The card placement section 210 is a placement table for placing the rewrite card RC. The card placement section 210 has an opening section 211 for loading and unloading the rewrite card RC, a bottom section 212 for placing the rewrite card RC, and a side wall 213 connected to the bottom section 212 and forming the opening section 211.

在本實施方式中，側壁213相對於底部212呈大致垂直地立起，側壁213的至少一部分相對於傳送帶220的輸送方向傾斜。具體地，如圖7所示，在頂視卡片載置部210時，作為側壁213一部分之側壁214相對於上述輸送方向傾斜，並設置成使開口部211的角部呈大致曲線形狀(大致C形)。換言之，側壁214以下述方式設置於卡片載置部210的角部，亦即：在設置有第一感測器230及第二感測器240的短邊側區域中，朝向規定方向而開口部211之與該方向大致垂直方向的寬度變短之方式。此處的規定方向是指：在重寫卡RC邊彎曲邊被插入時重寫卡RC延伸之方向。In the present embodiment, the side wall 213 stands substantially vertically relative to the bottom 212, and at least a portion of the side wall 213 is inclined relative to the conveying direction of the conveyor belt 220. Specifically, as shown in FIG7, when the card loading portion 210 is viewed from the top, the side wall 214, which is a portion of the side wall 213, is inclined relative to the above-mentioned conveying direction, and is arranged so that the corner of the opening portion 211 is substantially curved (substantially C-shaped). In other words, the side wall 214 is arranged at the corner of the card loading portion 210 in the following manner, that is, in the short side area where the first sensor 230 and the second sensor 240 are arranged, the width of the opening portion 211 in a direction substantially perpendicular to the direction becomes shorter toward a predetermined direction. The prescribed direction here refers to the direction in which the rewrite card RC extends when the rewrite card RC is inserted while being bent.

進一步換言之，側壁213和側壁214限定了安裝重寫卡RC的區域(亦即，頂視時的開口部211)。而且，開口部211的角部(亦即，側壁214)形成為：在頂視卡片載置部210時，在開口部211的端部處朝向規定方向而使與該方向垂直的方向的寬度變短。此處的規定方向是指：在重寫卡RC邊彎曲邊被從卡片載置部210的正面安裝時重寫卡RC延伸之方向。上述開口部211的端部在本例中是卡片載置部210的兩個短邊側的區域。In other words, the side walls 213 and 214 define the area where the rewrite card RC is installed (i.e., the opening portion 211 when viewed from the top). Moreover, the corners of the opening portion 211 (i.e., the side walls 214) are formed so that when the card loading portion 210 is viewed from the top, the width of the card loading portion 210 is shortened in a direction perpendicular to a prescribed direction at the end of the opening portion 211. The prescribed direction here refers to the direction in which the rewrite card RC extends when the rewrite card RC is installed from the front of the card loading portion 210 while being bent. In this example, the ends of the above-mentioned opening portion 211 are the areas on the two short sides of the card loading portion 210.

透過設置如上所述的側壁214，在呈被卡片吸附部151吸附狀態之重寫卡RC被交接至卡片載置部210時，即使重寫卡RC的位置從開口部211稍微偏離，在重寫卡RC被載置於卡片載置部210的過程中也被側壁214引導並被載置在正確的位置。亦即，側壁214具有與後述的卡片引導部515(參照圖16)相同之功能。另外，側壁213亦可不相對於底部212呈大致垂直地立起，而是從上部(開口部211)朝向底部212傾斜。By providing the side wall 214 as described above, when the rewrite card RC in the state of being adsorbed by the card adsorption portion 151 is delivered to the card loading portion 210, even if the position of the rewrite card RC is slightly offset from the opening portion 211, the rewrite card RC is guided by the side wall 214 and loaded at the correct position during the process of being loaded on the card loading portion 210. That is, the side wall 214 has the same function as the card guide portion 515 (refer to FIG. 16 ) described later. In addition, the side wall 213 may not stand substantially vertically relative to the bottom 212, but may be inclined from the upper portion (opening portion 211) toward the bottom 212.

以下將進一步詳細地說明側壁214對重寫卡RC的引導。在以下說明中，將形成開口部211之側壁中除側壁214之外的部分(亦即，相對於傳送帶220的輸送方向不傾斜之側壁)稱為側壁213。The following will further describe the guidance of the rewritable card RC by the side wall 214. In the following description, the side wall forming the opening 211 except the side wall 214 (that is, the side wall that is not inclined relative to the conveying direction of the conveyor belt 220) is referred to as the side wall 213.

開口部211的高度方向(與重寫卡RC的短邊對應之方向)的長度比重寫卡RC的短邊方向的長度長。因此，當利用卡片吸附部151進行之重寫卡RC的載置位置為底部212上的正確位置時，重寫卡RC與側壁213及214不接觸。The length of the opening 211 in the height direction (the direction corresponding to the short side of the rewrite card RC) is longer than the length of the short side of the rewrite card RC. Therefore, when the rewrite card RC is placed at the correct position on the bottom 212 using the card adsorption portion 151, the rewrite card RC does not contact the side walls 213 and 214.

當利用卡片吸附部151進行之重寫卡RC的載置位置是從底部212上的正確位置向開口部211的高度方向偏離了的位置時，彎曲狀態之重寫卡RC的角部RCc(圓弧狀的部分)首先與側壁213接觸。然後，隨著重寫卡RC接近底部212，角部RCc被側壁213引導，同時重寫卡RC的短邊與底部212接觸，進而，在這之後，在重寫卡RC從彎曲狀態返回至原來的狀態的過程中，角部RCc進一步被側壁214引導，藉此重寫卡RC被引導至底部212上的正確位置。另外，在利用卡片吸附部151進行之重寫卡RC的載置位置之、自底部212上的正確位置的偏離較小時，彎曲狀態之重寫卡RC的角部RCc與側壁213不接觸，而僅與側壁214接觸。When the placement position of the rewrite card RC using the card adsorption portion 151 is deviated from the correct position on the bottom 212 in the height direction of the opening portion 211, the corner RCc (arc-shaped portion) of the rewrite card RC in the bent state first contacts the side wall 213. Then, as the rewrite card RC approaches the bottom 212, the corner RCc is guided by the side wall 213, and at the same time, the short side of the rewrite card RC contacts the bottom 212. Furthermore, thereafter, in the process of the rewrite card RC returning from the bent state to the original state, the corner RCc is further guided by the side wall 214, thereby guiding the rewrite card RC to the correct position on the bottom 212. In addition, when the deviation of the loading position of the rewrite card RC using the card adsorption portion 151 from the correct position on the bottom 212 is small, the corner RCc of the rewrite card RC in the bent state does not contact the side wall 213 but only contacts the side wall 214.

另外，在自上述正確位置的偏離大至彎曲狀態之重寫卡RC的角部RCc不與側壁213接觸之程度時，則無法利用側壁213及214引導重寫卡RC。另外，在從上述正確位置向左右方向(與重寫卡RC的長邊對應之方向)偏離時，也無法利用側壁213及214引導重寫卡RC。In addition, when the deviation from the correct position is so great that the corner RCc of the rewrite card RC in the bent state does not contact the side wall 213, the rewrite card RC cannot be guided by the side walls 213 and 214. In addition, when the rewrite card RC deviates from the correct position in the left-right direction (the direction corresponding to the long side of the rewrite card RC), the rewrite card RC cannot be guided by the side walls 213 and 214.

傳送帶220將載置在卡片載置部210上的重寫卡RC輸送到顯示變更裝置250。另外，傳送帶220將由顯示變更裝置250重寫了顯示資訊的重寫卡RC輸送至卡片載置部210。傳送帶220由控制裝置400的卡片輸送控制部450控制。The conveyor belt 220 conveys the rewrite card RC placed on the card placement unit 210 to thedisplay change device 250. In addition, the conveyor belt 220 conveys the rewrite card RC on which the display information is rewritten by thedisplay change device 250 to the card placement unit 210. The conveyor belt 220 is controlled by the cardtransport control unit 450 of thecontrol device 400.

第一感測器230和第二感測器240是對存在於自身正上方的重寫卡RC進行檢測之感測器。第一感測器230相對於卡片載置部210設置在顯示變更裝置250側。第二感測器240相對於卡片載置部210設置在與顯示變更裝置250相反的一側。第二感測器240具有發光部和光接收部，發光部和光接收部被設置為將載置於卡片載置部210的重寫卡RC的端部夾持。透過該發光部和光接收部，卡片載置部210具有在保持有重寫卡RC之狀態下其外邊緣部的一部分應被插入其中之間隙。The first sensor 230 and the second sensor 240 are sensors for detecting the rewrite card RC present directly above the first sensor 230. The first sensor 230 is disposed on thedisplay changing device 250 side relative to the card loading portion 210. The second sensor 240 is disposed on the side opposite to thedisplay changing device 250 relative to the card loading portion 210. The second sensor 240 has a light emitting portion and a light receiving portion, and the light emitting portion and the light receiving portion are configured to clamp the end of the rewrite card RC loaded on the card loading portion 210. Through the light emitting portion and the light receiving portion, the card loading portion 210 has a gap into which a part of its outer edge should be inserted while the rewrite card RC is held.

第一感測器230被使用於供卡片輸送控制部450確認重寫卡RC已被從卡片載置部210恰當地輸送到顯示變更裝置250。在利用輸送帶220將重寫卡RC從卡片載置部210向顯示變更裝置250輸送時，由第一感測器230檢測的檢測訊號從表示檢測到重寫卡RC之訊號變為表示未檢測到重寫卡RC之訊號。在訊號如此發生了變化時，卡片輸送控制部450確認重寫卡RC已被從卡片載置部210恰當地輸送到顯示變更裝置250。The first sensor 230 is used for the cardtransport control unit 450 to confirm that the rewrite card RC has been properly transported from the card loading unit 210 to thedisplay changing device 250. When the rewrite card RC is transported from the card loading unit 210 to thedisplay changing device 250 by the conveyor belt 220, the detection signal detected by the first sensor 230 changes from a signal indicating that the rewrite card RC has been detected to a signal indicating that the rewrite card RC has not been detected. When the signal changes in this way, the cardtransport control unit 450 confirms that the rewrite card RC has been properly transported from the card loading unit 210 to thedisplay changing device 250.

第二感測器240被使用於供卡片輸送控制部450確認重寫卡RC已被從顯示變更裝置250恰當地輸送到卡片載置部210。在將重寫卡RC從顯示變更裝置250向卡片載置部210輸送時，由第二感測器240檢測的檢測訊號從表示未檢測到重寫卡RC之訊號變為表示檢測到重寫卡RC之訊號。在訊號如此發生了變化時，卡片輸送控制部450確認重寫卡RC已被從顯示變更裝置250恰當地輸送到卡片載置部210。The second sensor 240 is used for the cardtransport control unit 450 to confirm that the rewrite card RC has been properly transported from thedisplay changing device 250 to the card loading unit 210. When the rewrite card RC is transported from thedisplay changing device 250 to the card loading unit 210, the detection signal detected by the second sensor 240 changes from a signal indicating that the rewrite card RC is not detected to a signal indicating that the rewrite card RC is detected. When the signal changes in this way, the cardtransport control unit 450 confirms that the rewrite card RC has been properly transported from thedisplay changing device 250 to the card loading unit 210.

在卡片輸送控制部450確認了重寫卡RC已被從顯示變更裝置250恰當地輸送到卡片載置部210之後，電磁閥控制部430使電磁閥172接通(ON)。 藉此，可減少輸送中的重寫卡RC誤被卡片吸附部151吸附之可能性。After the cardtransport control unit 450 confirms that the rewrite card RC has been properly transported from thedisplay change device 250 to the card loading unit 210, the solenoidvalve control unit 430 turns on the solenoid valve 172. This can reduce the possibility that the rewrite card RC being transported is mistakenly adsorbed by the card adsorption unit 151.

另外，卡片輸送裝置200亦可不具備第一感測器230和第二感測器240中的一者或雙方。該情況下，卡片輸送控制部450例如透過卡片裝卸裝置150的卡片檢測部176確認卡片載置部210中是否存在重寫卡RC。In addition, thecard transport device 200 may not include one or both of the first sensor 230 and the second sensor 240. In this case, the cardtransport control unit 450 checks whether the rewritable card RC is present in the card loading unit 210 through the card detection unit 176 of the card loading andunloading device 150, for example.

此外，透過卡片吸附部151吸附重寫卡RC用的真空泵的排氣路徑亦可連接於顯示變更裝置250。該情況下，能夠透過真空泵的排氣除去顯示變更裝置250內的灰塵。Furthermore, the exhaust path of the vacuum pump for adsorbing and rewriting the card RC through the card adsorption unit 151 may be connected to thedisplay changing device 250. In this case, dust in thedisplay changing device 250 can be removed by exhausting the vacuum pump.

圖8係將重寫卡RC收納於卡片夾500中時的卡片吸附部151之側視圖。在圖8中，重寫卡RC呈被引導部152和153引導而彎曲之狀態。但是，為了簡單化，在圖8中省略了引導部152和153。Fig. 8 is a side view of the card adsorption portion 151 when the rewrite card RC is stored in the card holder 500. In Fig. 8, the rewrite card RC is in a state of being guided and bent by the guide portions 152 and 153. However, for simplicity, the guide portions 152 and 153 are omitted in Fig. 8.

如圖8所示，卡片吸附部151具備具有波紋形狀的波紋部158。因此，卡片吸附部151能夠在與重寫卡RC垂直的方向上位移。因此，在透過卡片引導部515(參照圖16中的16001)引導重寫卡RC的角部RCc而重寫卡RC發生了位移之情形下，可減少重寫卡RC從卡片吸附部151偏離之可能性。As shown in FIG8 , the card adsorption portion 151 has a corrugated portion 158 having a corrugated shape. Therefore, the card adsorption portion 151 can be displaced in a direction perpendicular to the rewrite card RC. Therefore, when the rewrite card RC is displaced by guiding the corner RCc of the rewrite card RC through the card guide portion 515 (refer to 16001 in FIG16 ), the possibility of the rewrite card RC deviating from the card adsorption portion 151 can be reduced.

＜卡片資訊變更單元之動作例＞圖9係顯示從卡片夾500中拔除重寫卡RC時的卡片裝卸裝置150之動作例之圖。參照圖9，對從卡片夾500中拔除重寫卡RC時的卡片裝卸裝置150之動作例進行說明。<Operation Example of Card Information Changing Unit> Fig. 9 is a diagram showing an operation example of the card loading andunloading device 150 when the rewrite card RC is removed from the card holder 500. Referring to Fig. 9, an operation example of the card loading andunloading device 150 when the rewrite card RC is removed from the card holder 500 will be described.

在圖9所示的動作例中，首先，移動控制部420使卡片吸附部151移動到初始位置。所謂初始位置，是指第二Z軸極限感測器182和第二θ軸極限感測器184檢測卡片吸附部151之位置。接著，如圖9中的9001所示，移動控制部420使卡片吸附部151向在Z軸方向上與初始位置僅分離規定距離之待機位置移動。在該狀態下，電磁閥控制部430使電磁閥172接通(ON)。In the operation example shown in FIG9 , first, themovement control unit 420 moves the card adsorption unit 151 to the initial position. The so-called initial position refers to the position of the card adsorption unit 151 detected by the second Z-axis limit sensor 182 and the second θ-axis limit sensor 184. Then, as shown in 9001 in FIG9 , themovement control unit 420 moves the card adsorption unit 151 to a standby position separated from the initial position by a predetermined distance in the Z-axis direction. In this state, the solenoidvalve control unit 430 turns on the solenoid valve 172.

接下來，當移動控制部420使卡片吸附部151朝向重寫卡RC移動時，如圖900中的9002所示，引導部152和153先與重寫卡RC抵接。當移動控制部420進一步使卡片吸附部151移動時，如圖900中的9003所示，彈簧164和165被壓縮，卡片吸附部151、引導部152和153與重寫卡RC抵接。此時，重寫卡RC被卡片吸附部151吸附。Next, when themovement control unit 420 moves the card adsorption unit 151 toward the rewrite card RC, as shown in 9002 in FIG. 900, the guide units 152 and 153 first contact the rewrite card RC. When themovement control unit 420 further moves the card adsorption unit 151, as shown in 9003 in FIG. 900, the springs 164 and 165 are compressed, and the card adsorption unit 151, the guide units 152 and 153 contact the rewrite card RC. At this time, the rewrite card RC is adsorbed by the card adsorption unit 151.

在透過吸附確認感測器175確認了重寫卡RC的吸附之後，如圖9中的9004所示，移動控制部420使卡片吸附部151向遠離卡片夾500之方向移動。此時，由於彈簧164和165的彈力而引導部152和153保持與重寫卡RC抵接之狀態不變，因此重寫卡RC呈被引導部152和153引導而彎曲之狀態。After the adsorption of the rewrite card RC is confirmed by the adsorption confirmation sensor 175, themovement control unit 420 moves the card adsorption unit 151 in a direction away from the card holder 500, as shown in 9004 in FIG9 . At this time, due to the elastic force of the springs 164 and 165, the guide units 152 and 153 remain in contact with the rewrite card RC, so the rewrite card RC is guided by the guide units 152 and 153 and bent.

若移動控制部420進一步使卡片吸附部151向遠離卡片夾500之方向移動，則如圖9中的9005所示，重寫卡RC被從卡片夾500中拔出。在這之後，如圖9中的9006所示，移動控制部420使卡片裝卸裝置150旋轉90°。藉此，呈卡片裝卸裝置150與卡片輸送裝置200的卡片載置部210相對之狀態。If themovement control unit 420 further moves the card adsorption unit 151 away from the card holder 500, the rewrite card RC is pulled out of the card holder 500 as shown in 9005 in FIG. 9. After that, as shown in 9006 in FIG. 9, themovement control unit 420 rotates the card loading andunloading device 150 by 90 degrees. Thus, the card loading andunloading device 150 and the card loading unit 210 of thecard transport device 200 are in a state facing each other.

圖10係顯示卡片裝卸裝置150將重寫卡RC載置在卡片載置部210上的動作之圖。在卡片裝卸裝置150剛旋轉完之後，如圖10中的10001所示，卡片吸附部151、引導部152和153與卡片載置部210分離。當移動控制部420使卡片吸附部151朝向卡片載置部210移動時，如圖10中的10002所示，引導部152和153首先經由重寫卡RC與卡片載置部210接觸。當移動控制部420進一步使卡片吸附部151移動時，如圖10中的10003所示，卡片吸附部151也經由重寫卡RC與卡片載置部210接觸。此時，重寫卡RC呈未彎曲的狀態。FIG. 10 is a diagram showing the action of the card loading andunloading device 150 loading the rewrite card RC on the card loading portion 210. Just after the card loading andunloading device 150 has been rotated, as shown by 10001 in FIG. 10, the card adsorption portion 151, the guide portions 152 and 153 are separated from the card loading portion 210. When themovement control portion 420 moves the card adsorption portion 151 toward the card loading portion 210, as shown by 10002 in FIG. 10, the guide portions 152 and 153 first contact the card loading portion 210 via the rewrite card RC. When themovement control portion 420 further moves the card adsorption portion 151, as shown by 10003 in FIG. 10, the card adsorption portion 151 also contacts the card loading portion 210 via the rewrite card RC. At this time, the rewrite card RC is in an unbent state.

當在該狀態下電磁閥控制部430將電磁閥172斷開(OFF)時，如圖10中的10004所示，重寫卡RC被從卡片吸附部151釋放。當移動控制部420使卡片吸附部151向遠離卡片載置部210之方向移動時，如圖10中的10005所示，卡片吸附部151、引導部152和153遠離重寫卡RC。在該狀態下，卡片輸送裝置200將重寫卡RC向顯示變更裝置250輸送，顯示變更裝置250將重寫卡RC的顯示進行變更。When the solenoidvalve control unit 430 turns off the solenoid valve 172 in this state, as shown by 10004 in FIG. 10 , the rewrite card RC is released from the card adsorption unit 151. When themovement control unit 420 moves the card adsorption unit 151 in a direction away from the card loading unit 210, as shown by 10005 in FIG. 10 , the card adsorption unit 151 and the guide units 152 and 153 are away from the rewrite card RC. In this state, thecard transport device 200 transports the rewrite card RC to thedisplay change device 250, and thedisplay change device 250 changes the display of the rewrite card RC.

然而，在向卡片載置部210安裝重寫卡RC時，亦可省略圖10中的10005之動作。具體而言，如圖10中的10004所示，在引導部152和153(具體是輥154和155)保持與被安裝於卡片載置部210之後的重寫卡RC抵接之狀態下，卡片輸送裝置200亦可將重寫卡RC向顯示變更裝置250輸送。也就是，移動控制部420使支撐部161移動成下述狀態：亦即，在將重寫卡RC安裝於卡片載置部210上之後，引導部152和153與重寫卡RC抵接並且卡片吸附部151離開重寫卡RC之狀態。該情況下，能夠更順利地進行重寫卡RC從卡片載置部210向顯示變更裝置250之輸送。However, when the rewrite card RC is mounted on the card loading section 210, the action of 10005 in FIG. 10 may be omitted. Specifically, as shown in 10004 in FIG. 10, thecard transport device 200 may transport the rewrite card RC to thedisplay changing device 250 while the guide portions 152 and 153 (specifically, the rollers 154 and 155) are in contact with the rewrite card RC mounted on the card loading section 210. That is, themovement control section 420 moves the support section 161 to the state in which, after the rewrite card RC is mounted on the card loading section 210, the guide portions 152 and 153 are in contact with the rewrite card RC and the card adsorption section 151 is separated from the rewrite card RC. In this case, the rewrite card RC can be transported from the card loading unit 210 to thedisplay changing device 250 more smoothly.

在顯示變更裝置250變更重寫卡RC的顯示的期間，卡片有無判斷部440亦可如上所述執行卡片夾500中是否保持有與被拔除的重寫卡RC不同的另一重寫卡RC之檢測動作。在執行該檢測動作時，移動控制部420先使卡片裝卸裝置150旋轉並返回與卡片夾500相對之位置。While thedisplay changing device 250 is changing the display of the rewrite card RC, the cardpresence determination unit 440 can also perform a detection operation as described above to determine whether another rewrite card RC different from the removed rewrite card RC is retained in the card holder 500. When performing the detection operation, themovement control unit 420 first rotates the card loading andunloading device 150 and returns it to a position opposite to the card holder 500.

在上述檢測動作之後，透過卡片有無判斷部440判斷為卡片夾500中未保持有另一重寫卡RC時，移動控制部420使卡片裝卸裝置150旋轉，並返回到圖10中的10005之狀態。但是，如上所述，當在圖10的10004之狀態下重寫卡RC被從卡片載置部210輸送向顯示變更裝置250時，移動控制部420亦可使卡片裝卸裝置150旋轉並返回到圖10中的10004之狀態。該情況下，透過輥154和155的旋轉，能夠輔助重寫卡RC從顯示變更裝置250向卡片載置部210之輸送。因此，也能夠更順利地進行該輸送。After the above detection operation, when the card presence/absence determination unit 440 determines that another rewrite card RC is not held in the card holder 500, themovement control unit 420 rotates the card loading andunloading device 150 and returns to the state 10005 in FIG. 10. However, as described above, when the rewrite card RC is transported from the card loading unit 210 to thedisplay changing device 250 in the state 10004 in FIG. 10, themovement control unit 420 may also rotate the card loading andunloading device 150 and return to the state 10004 in FIG. 10. In this case, the rotation of the rollers 154 and 155 can assist the transport of the rewrite card RC from thedisplay changing device 250 to the card loading unit 210. Therefore, the transport can also be performed more smoothly.

另外，關於卡片裝卸裝置150從卡片載置部210拔除重寫卡RC之動作，由於該動作與參照圖9說明之從卡片夾500拔除重寫卡RC的動作相同，因此省略其說明。另外，卡片裝卸裝置150將重寫卡RC安裝於卡片夾500的步驟與參照圖10說明之將重寫卡RC載置於卡片載置部210的動作相同，因此省略其說明。In addition, regarding the action of the card loading andunloading device 150 removing the rewrite card RC from the card loading section 210, since this action is the same as the action of removing the rewrite card RC from the card holder 500 described with reference to FIG. 9, its description is omitted. In addition, the step of the card loading andunloading device 150 installing the rewrite card RC in the card holder 500 is the same as the action of placing the rewrite card RC in the card loading section 210 described with reference to FIG. 10, so its description is omitted.

＜變形例一＞另外，亦可對重寫卡RC附加識別字。該情況下，顯示變更控制部460亦可在利用該識別字管理重寫卡RC的顯示的變更次數之同時，預先設定被認為是重寫卡RC劣化之變更次數。<Variation 1> Alternatively, an identification code may be added to the rewrite card RC. In this case, the displaychange control unit 460 may manage the number of changes in the display of the rewrite card RC using the identification code and may preset the number of changes that are considered to indicate deterioration of the rewrite card RC.

在重寫卡RC的顯示的變更次數達到預先設定的變更次數時，顯示變更控制部460對被輸送向顯示變更裝置250之重寫卡RC的顯示不進行變更而廢棄。然後，對預先存儲在顯示變更裝置250中的備用重寫卡RC的顯示進行變更。When the display of the rewrite card RC is changed a preset number of times, the displaychange control unit 460 discards the display of the rewrite card RC sent to thedisplay change device 250 without changing it. Then, the display of the spare rewrite card RC pre-stored in thedisplay change device 250 is changed.

此外，備用重寫卡RC亦可預先被保持在卡片夾500中。該情況下，當重寫卡RC的顯示的變更次數達到預先設定的變更次數時，卡片裝卸裝置150從卡片夾500中拔除舊的重寫卡RC並將其廢棄。然後，卡片裝卸裝置150進一步從卡片夾500中拔除重寫卡RC並載置於卡片載置部210。In addition, the spare rewrite card RC may be pre-stored in the card holder 500. In this case, when the display of the rewrite card RC has been changed a preset number of times, the card loading andunloading device 150 removes the old rewrite card RC from the card holder 500 and discards it. Then, the card loading andunloading device 150 further removes the rewrite card RC from the card holder 500 and places it on the card loading section 210.

此外，在該情況下原則上，在從卡片夾500中拔除了重寫卡RC之狀態下，也在卡片夾500中保持有備用的重寫卡RC。因此，卡片有無判斷部440不執行卡片夾500中是否保持有上述另一重寫卡RC之檢測操作。In addition, in this case, in principle, even when the rewrite card RC is removed from the card holder 500, a spare rewrite card RC is also held in the card holder 500. Therefore, the cardpresence determination unit 440 does not perform a detection operation of whether the card holder 500 holds the other rewrite card RC.

＜變形例二＞另外，卡片裝卸裝置150不一定必須包括真空泵。卡片裝卸裝置150亦可設有吸盤作為卡片吸附部151，並利用電磁閥172控制空氣向卡片吸附部151之流入。在吸附重寫卡RC時，透過在使電磁閥172斷開(OFF)之狀態下將卡片吸附部151推抵於重寫卡RC上，從而重寫卡RC被卡片吸附部151吸附。在釋放重寫卡RC時，透過使電磁閥172接通(ON)，空氣流入卡片吸附部151，重寫卡RC被從卡片吸附部151釋放。但是，在卡片吸附部151為吸盤之情形下，有可能無法可靠地吸附重寫卡RC。從可靠地吸附重寫卡RC這一觀點出發，如上所述，較佳係利用真空泵吸引卡片吸附部151內的空氣。該情況下，由於能夠利用吸附確認感測器175確認吸附，因此能夠可靠地吸附重寫卡RC。<Variant Example 2> In addition, the card loading andunloading device 150 does not necessarily have to include a vacuum pump. The card loading andunloading device 150 may also be provided with a suction cup as the card adsorption portion 151, and use the solenoid valve 172 to control the inflow of air into the card adsorption portion 151. When adsorbing the rewrite card RC, the card adsorption portion 151 is pushed against the rewrite card RC with the solenoid valve 172 turned OFF, so that the rewrite card RC is adsorbed by the card adsorption portion 151. When releasing the rewrite card RC, the air flows into the card adsorption portion 151 by turning the solenoid valve 172 ON, and the rewrite card RC is released from the card adsorption portion 151. However, in the case where the card adsorption portion 151 is a suction cup, it may not be possible to reliably adsorb the rewrite card RC. From the viewpoint of reliably adsorbing the rewrite card RC, as described above, it is preferable to use a vacuum pump to suck the air in the card adsorption portion 151. In this case, since adsorption can be confirmed by the adsorption confirmation sensor 175, the rewrite card RC can be reliably adsorbed.

＜變形例三＞圖20係顯示卡片資訊變更單元100的另一構成之概要之圖。在圖20所示之構成中，卡片裝卸裝置150在下述兩地點之間移動：亦即，進行重寫卡RC相對於卡片夾500的裝卸動作之位置與配置於該位置附近的卡片輸送裝置200(載置臺)這兩地點之間。卡片輸送裝置200(卡片載置部210)未位於卡片裝卸裝置150的豎直方向上。卡片裝卸裝置150例如將重寫卡RC從卡片夾500拔除之後，使其平行移動並輸送向卡片輸送裝置200。<Variant Example 3> FIG. 20 is a diagram showing an overview of another configuration of the cardinformation changing unit 100. In the configuration shown in FIG. 20, the card loading andunloading device 150 moves between the following two locations: that is, between the location where the rewrite card RC is loaded and unloaded relative to the card holder 500 and the card transport device 200 (loading table) arranged near the location. The card transport device 200 (card loading section 210) is not located in the vertical direction of the card loading andunloading device 150. For example, after the card loading andunloading device 150 removes the rewrite card RC from the card holder 500, it moves parallel to thecard transport device 200 and transports it.

卡片裝卸裝置150連接於使卡片裝卸裝置150在上述兩地點之間移動之移動機構(未圖示)。此外，由於不是透過θ軸電動機174使卡片吸附部151等旋轉之構成，因此卡片裝卸裝置150不具備θ軸電動機174。The card loading andunloading device 150 is connected to a moving mechanism (not shown) that moves the card loading andunloading device 150 between the above two locations. In addition, since the card adsorption portion 151 and the like are not rotated by the θ-axis motor 174, the card loading andunloading device 150 does not have the θ-axis motor 174.

如此，本實施方式之卡片資訊變更單元100亦可是圖20所示之構成。但是，考慮到卡片資訊變更單元100的小型化和安裝自由度的話，較佳係：如上所述卡片載置部210位於卡片裝卸裝置150的豎直方向上，透過θ軸電動機174使卡片吸附部151等旋轉。Thus, the cardinformation changing unit 100 of this embodiment may also be configured as shown in FIG20. However, considering the miniaturization and installation freedom of the cardinformation changing unit 100, it is preferred that the card loading unit 210 is located in the vertical direction of the card loading andunloading device 150 as described above, and the card adsorption unit 151 and the like are rotated by the θ-axis motor 174.

＜變形例四＞以下述情況進行了說明：亦即，卡片裝卸裝置150透過包含引導部152、153等之彎曲機構使被卡片吸附部151吸附的重寫卡RC彎曲，並利用Z軸電動機173使彎曲狀態之重寫卡RC沿上述垂直方向移動。換言之，以卡片裝卸裝置150利用包含卡片吸附部151、彎曲機構及Z軸電動機173之共通機構來實現執行重寫卡RC的安裝動作之卡片安裝機構和執行重寫卡RC的拔除動作之卡片拔除機構這一情況進行了說明。但是，卡片裝卸裝置150亦可設有作為互不相同的機構之卡片安裝機構和卡片拔除機構。<Variant Example 4> The following case is described: that is, the card loading andunloading device 150 bends the rewrite card RC adsorbed by the card adsorption portion 151 through the bending mechanism including the guide portions 152, 153, etc., and moves the rewrite card RC in the bent state in the vertical direction using the Z-axis motor 173. In other words, the card loading andunloading device 150 uses a common mechanism including the card adsorption portion 151, the bending mechanism, and the Z-axis motor 173 to realize the card mounting mechanism for performing the mounting action of the rewrite card RC and the card removal mechanism for performing the removal action of the rewrite card RC. However, the card loading andunloading device 150 may also be provided with a card mounting mechanism and a card removal mechanism as different mechanisms.

例如，作為卡片安裝機構，由上述卡片吸附部151、彎曲機構及Z軸電動機173等實現，另一方面，作為卡片拔除機構，由與上述卡片吸附部151、彎曲機構及Z軸電動機173等不同之機構實現亦可。該情況下，卡片拔除機構亦可例如具有鉤掛在重寫卡RC的外邊緣部一部分上之爪部，並且透過使爪部在上述垂直方向上移動，從而使重寫卡RC鉤在爪部上而將重寫卡RC拔除。For example, the card attachment mechanism may be realized by the card adsorption unit 151, the bending mechanism, and the Z-axis motor 173, and the card removal mechanism may be realized by a mechanism different from the card adsorption unit 151, the bending mechanism, and the Z-axis motor 173. In this case, the card removal mechanism may include a claw hooked on a part of the outer edge of the rewrite card RC, and the rewrite card RC may be removed by moving the claw in the vertical direction so that the rewrite card RC is hooked on the claw.

也就是說，在該情況下，Z軸電動機173作為僅實現以下功能之裝置發揮作用：亦即，透過使重寫卡RC沿上述第一方向移動而將重寫卡RC安裝在卡片夾500或卡片載置部210上之上述卡片插入功能。That is, in this case, the Z-axis motor 173 functions as a device that only realizes the following function: that is, the above-mentioned card insertion function of installing the rewrite card RC on the card holder 500 or the card loading portion 210 by moving the rewrite card RC along the above-mentioned first direction.

＜變形例五＞此外，卡片裝卸裝置150亦可被實現為至少對卡片夾500僅作為上述卡片安裝機構發揮作用之卡片安裝裝置(參照圖2)。也就是說，卡片安裝裝置至少對卡片夾500不設有上述卡片拔除機構。<Variation 5> In addition, thecard installation device 150 can also be implemented as a card installation device that only functions as the above-mentioned card installation mechanism for at least the card holder 500 (refer to FIG. 2). In other words, the card installation device does not have the above-mentioned card removal mechanism for at least the card holder 500.

具體而言，卡片安裝裝置不執行圖9所示的從卡片夾500拔除重寫卡RC之動作以及圖10所示的向卡片載置部210安裝重寫卡RC之動作。卡片安裝裝置執行從卡片載置部210拔除重寫卡RC之動作(與圖9所示的拔除動作相同之步驟)以及向卡片夾500安裝重寫卡RC之動作(與圖10所示的安裝動作相同之步驟)。也就是說，卡片安裝裝置只要具有將被從顯示變更裝置250輸送來且顯示資訊已變更後的重寫卡RC安裝在卡片夾500上之功能即可。Specifically, the card installation device does not perform the action of removing the rewrite card RC from the card holder 500 as shown in FIG. 9 and the action of installing the rewrite card RC in the card loading section 210 as shown in FIG. 10. The card installation device performs the action of removing the rewrite card RC from the card loading section 210 (the same steps as the removal action shown in FIG. 9) and the action of installing the rewrite card RC in the card holder 500 (the same steps as the installation action shown in FIG. 10). In other words, the card installation device only needs to have the function of installing the rewrite card RC that has been transferred from thedisplay change device 250 and whose display information has been changed in the card holder 500.

該情況下，例如，卡片輸送裝置200只要作為將被從顯示變更裝置250輸送來且顯示資訊已變更後的重寫卡RC輸送至卡片安裝裝置之裝置發揮作用即可。此外，顯示變更裝置250亦可設有臨時收納變更顯示資訊的重寫卡RC之卡片收納部(配置重寫卡RC之配置部)(未圖示)。In this case, for example, thecard transport device 200 only needs to function as a device for transporting the rewrite card RC, which has been transported from thedisplay change device 250 and has changed display information, to the card installation device. In addition, thedisplay change device 250 may also be provided with a card storage unit (a storage unit for storing the rewrite card RC) (not shown) for temporarily storing the rewrite card RC with changed display information.

例如，用戶從被配發至托盤保管櫃60之多個(例如：100個)托盤600中取出重寫卡RC，並將取出的重寫卡RC收納在卡片收納部中。當顯示變更控制部460接收到主旨為開始顯示資訊的變更處理之用戶操作時，控制顯示變更裝置250，根據處方資料將被收納於卡片收納部中的重寫卡RC的顯示資訊依次變更。顯示變更裝置250將變更了顯示資訊的重寫卡RC交接至卡片輸送裝置200。For example, the user takes out a rewrite card RC from a plurality of (e.g., 100) trays 600 distributed to the tray storage cabinet 60, and stores the taken out rewrite card RC in the card storage section. When the displaychange control section 460 receives a user operation for starting the display information change process, it controls thedisplay change device 250 to sequentially change the display information of the rewrite card RC stored in the card storage section according to the prescription data. Thedisplay change device 250 delivers the rewrite card RC with the changed display information to thecard transport device 200.

卡片輸送控制部450控制卡片輸送裝置200，將變更了顯示資訊的重寫卡RC從顯示變更裝置250輸送向卡片載置部210。移動控制部420和電磁閥控制部430控制卡片安裝裝置，將被載置於卡片載置部210且顯示資訊已變更後的重寫卡RC安裝於卡片夾500。The cardtransport control unit 450 controls thecard transport device 200 to transport the rewrite card RC with changed display information from thedisplay change device 250 to the card loading unit 210. Themovement control unit 420 and the electromagneticvalve control unit 430 control the card installation device to install the rewrite card RC loaded on the card loading unit 210 and with changed display information in the card holder 500.

即使是該卡片安裝裝置，也能夠藉由至少卡片吸附部151、彎曲機構及Z軸電動機173而將吸附的並彎曲的重寫卡RC從卡片夾500的正面側安裝到卡片夾500上。Even with this card mounting device, the attracted and bent rewrite card RC can be mounted on the card holder 500 from the front side of the card holder 500 by at least the card attraction portion 151 , the bending mechanism, and the Z-axis motor 173 .

另外，用戶亦可在將顯示資訊已變更後的重寫卡RC從顯示變更裝置250拔除之後安裝於卡片安裝裝置。該情況下，卡片資訊變更單元100亦可不具備卡片輸送裝置200。例如，在卡片安裝裝置中，利用卡片吸附部151吸附已安裝的重寫卡RC，同時利用彎曲機構使重寫卡RC呈彎曲狀態。在該狀態下，Z軸電動機173使支撐部161從卡片夾500的正面側向卡片夾500移動，藉此，卡片安裝裝置將重寫卡RC安裝於卡片夾500上。亦即，在該情況下，可以說卡片安裝裝置對於卡片載置部210也不設有上述卡片拔除機構。In addition, the user may remove the rewrite card RC whose display information has been changed from thedisplay change device 250 and then install it in the card installation device. In this case, the cardinformation change unit 100 may not be equipped with thecard transport device 200. For example, in the card installation device, the card adsorption portion 151 is used to adsorb the installed rewrite card RC, and the bending mechanism is used to make the rewrite card RC bend. In this state, the Z-axis motor 173 moves the support portion 161 from the front side of the card holder 500 to the card holder 500, whereby the card installation device installs the rewrite card RC on the card holder 500. That is, in this case, it can be said that the card installation device is not provided with the above-mentioned card removal mechanism for the card loading portion 210 either.

此外，卡片安裝裝置亦可是對卡片載置部210安裝重寫卡RC之裝置。在該情況下，例如，由用戶將重寫卡RC從卡片夾500中拔除並將其安裝到卡片安裝裝置。然後，卡片安裝裝置將重寫卡RC以被吸附且彎曲之狀態安裝於卡片載置部210。重寫卡RC被卡片輸送裝置200輸送到顯示變更裝置250之後，其顯示資訊被顯示變更裝置250變更。然後，重寫卡RC被卡片輸送裝置200輸送到卡片載置部210，卡片安裝裝置從卡片載置部210拔除重寫卡RC後將其安裝到卡片夾500。另外，用戶亦可從顯示變更裝置250(或卡片載置部210)拔除重寫卡RC並將其安裝到卡片安裝裝置。Furthermore, the card installation device may be a device for installing the rewrite card RC on the card loading section 210. In this case, for example, the user removes the rewrite card RC from the card holder 500 and installs it on the card installation device. Then, the card installation device installs the rewrite card RC in the card loading section 210 in a sucked and bent state. After the rewrite card RC is transported to thedisplay changing device 250 by thecard transport device 200, its display information is changed by thedisplay changing device 250. Then, the rewrite card RC is transported to the card loading section 210 by thecard transport device 200, and the card installation device removes the rewrite card RC from the card loading section 210 and installs it on the card holder 500. In addition, the user can also remove the rewrite card RC from the display changing device 250 (or the card loading unit 210) and install it in the card installation device.

＜昇降裝置＞接下來，對昇降裝置300的構成例進行說明。圖11係顯示昇降裝置300之構成例之圖。<Lifting Device> Next, a configuration example of thelifting device 300 will be described. FIG11 is a diagram showing a configuration example of thelifting device 300.

如圖11中的11001所示，昇降裝置300設置在框體51的內部，其中框體51限定了托盤保管櫃60所插入的插入口53。昇降裝置300將重寫卡RC的顯示資訊被卡片資訊變更單元100重寫了的托盤600從托盤輸送機構80輸送向被配置於插入口53中的托盤保管櫃60。As shown in 11001 in FIG. 11 , thelifting device 300 is disposed inside the frame 51, wherein the frame 51 defines an insertion port 53 into which the tray storage cabinet 60 is inserted. Thelifting device 300 transports the tray 600 whose display information of the rewrite card RC is rewritten by the cardinformation changing unit 100 from the tray transport mechanism 80 to the tray storage cabinet 60 disposed in the insertion port 53.

如圖11中的11002所示，昇降裝置300具備托盤輸送部301。托盤輸送部301將被從藥劑配發裝置30輸送且重寫卡RC的顯示資訊被重寫的托盤輸送機構80上的托盤600輸送向托盤保管櫃60。托盤輸送部301主要包括支柱303、梁部305、以及托盤支撐部307。As shown in 11002 in FIG11 , thelifting device 300 has a tray conveying unit 301. The tray conveying unit 301 conveys the tray 600 on the tray conveying mechanism 80 conveyed from the medicine dispensing device 30 and on which the display information of the rewrite card RC is rewritten, to the tray storage cabinet 60. The tray conveying unit 301 mainly includes a support column 303, a beam portion 305, and a tray supporting portion 307.

支柱303將在x軸方向上延伸的梁部305以在z軸方向上能夠滑動之方式加以支撐。梁部305將能夠支撐托盤600的托盤支撐部307以在梁部305的延伸方向(x軸方向)上能夠滑動之方式加以支撐。透過該構成，在xz平面(垂直平面)內能夠使托盤支撐部307移動。其結果是，托盤輸送部301能夠將托盤輸送機構80上的托盤600向托盤保管櫃60的各保管位置輸送。The support column 303 supports the beam portion 305 extending in the x-axis direction so as to be slidable in the z-axis direction. The beam portion 305 supports the tray support portion 307 capable of supporting the tray 600 so as to be slidable in the extending direction (x-axis direction) of the beam portion 305. With this structure, the tray support portion 307 can be moved in the xz plane (vertical plane). As a result, the tray transport portion 301 can transport the tray 600 on the tray transport mechanism 80 to each storage position of the tray storage cabinet 60.

托盤支撐部307包括驅動部307a、第一支撐部307b、第一移動部307c、第二支撐部307d、以及第二移動部307e。The tray supporting portion 307 includes a driving portion 307a, a first supporting portion 307b, a first moving portion 307c, a second supporting portion 307d, and a second moving portion 307e.

驅動部307a透過使第一移動部307c動作而使第一支撐部307b在y軸方向上移動。第一移動部307c支撐第一支撐部307b並使第一支撐部307b在y軸方向上滑動。第一支撐部307b是支撐托盤600的短邊側之爪部。第一支撐部307b透過被卡掛部601(參照圖2)暫時卡掛住而支撐托盤600的短邊側。卡掛部601是設置在托盤600邊緣部的短邊側上的、用以暫時卡掛住被從該邊緣部的下側插入的第一支撐部307b之簷部。藉此，在第一支撐部307b支撐托盤600的短邊側之同時，能夠將托盤600輸送(推出)至托盤保管櫃60。The driving part 307a moves the first supporting part 307b in the y-axis direction by operating the first moving part 307c. The first moving part 307c supports the first supporting part 307b and slides the first supporting part 307b in the y-axis direction. The first supporting part 307b is a claw part that supports the short side of the tray 600. The first supporting part 307b supports the short side of the tray 600 by being temporarily caught by the hanging part 601 (refer to Figure 2). The hanging part 601 is a ledge provided on the short side of the edge of the tray 600 for temporarily catching the first supporting part 307b inserted from the lower side of the edge. Thereby, while the first supporting portion 307 b supports the short side of the tray 600 , the tray 600 can be transported (pushed out) to the tray storage cabinet 60 .

另外，驅動部307a透過使第二移動部307e動作而使第二支撐部307d在x軸方向或z軸方向上移動。第二移動部307e包括動作部307ea和引導部307eb。動作部307ea與第二支撐部307d連接，並且其一部分(前端部)嵌合在用以引導動作部307ea之引導部307eb的內部。因此，第二支撐部307d沿著引導部307eb移動。引導部307eb如圖11中的11002所示在z軸方向上延伸，但在其下方朝向外側彎曲。In addition, the driving portion 307a moves the second supporting portion 307d in the x-axis direction or the z-axis direction by moving the second moving portion 307e. The second moving portion 307e includes an operating portion 307ea and a guide portion 307eb. The operating portion 307ea is connected to the second supporting portion 307d, and a portion thereof (front end portion) is embedded in the inside of the guide portion 307eb for guiding the operating portion 307ea. Therefore, the second supporting portion 307d moves along the guide portion 307eb. The guide portion 307eb extends in the z-axis direction as shown in 11002 in Figure 11, but is bent outward below it.

第二支撐部307d是支撐托盤600的長邊側之棒狀部件。第二支撐部307d透過支撐突出部602(參照圖2)，從而支撐托盤600的長邊側。突出部602是設置在托盤600的邊緣部的長邊側且被第二支撐部307d支撐之簷部。藉此，第二支撐部307d能夠支撐托盤600的長邊側。另外，突出部602在被輸送到托盤保管櫃60的各保管位置時，被設置在該保管位置的導軌所支撐。The second supporting part 307d is a rod-shaped member that supports the long side of the tray 600. The second supporting part 307d supports the long side of the tray 600 by supporting the protrusion 602 (see FIG. 2). The protrusion 602 is an eaves portion that is provided on the long side of the edge of the tray 600 and supported by the second supporting part 307d. Thus, the second supporting part 307d can support the long side of the tray 600. In addition, when the protrusion 602 is transported to each storage position of the tray storage cabinet 60, it is supported by the guide rail provided at the storage position.

圖12係顯示第二支撐部307d之動作例之圖。如圖12中的12001~12004所示，第二支撐部307d在四個位置處呈待機狀態。Fig. 12 is a diagram showing an example of the operation of the second supporting portion 307d. As shown in 12001 to 12004 in Fig. 12, the second supporting portion 307d is in a standby state at four positions.

圖12中的12001表示第二支撐部307d的初始位置。如圖12中的12001所示，第二支撐部307d在最為遠離驅動部307a之位置(最下部)Po1處呈最向X軸方向打開之狀態。在位置Po1處，第二支撐部307d等待卡片資訊變更單元100進行重寫卡RC的顯示資訊的重寫。12001 in FIG. 12 indicates the initial position of the second supporting portion 307d. As shown in 12001 in FIG. 12, the second supporting portion 307d is in the most X-axis direction open position Po1, which is the position farthest from the driving portion 307a (the lowest position). At position Po1, the second supporting portion 307d waits for the cardinformation changing unit 100 to rewrite the display information of the rewriting card RC.

圖12中的12002表示第二支撐部307d在最接近驅動部307a之位置(最上部)Po2處呈最向x軸方向閉合之狀態。第二支撐部307d透過從圖12中的12001之狀態變為12002之狀態，從而能夠在托盤輸送機構80中從下側支撐托盤600的突出部602並輸送至托盤保管櫃60的任意保管位置。亦即，圖12中的12002之狀態是第二支撐部307d支撐著托盤600的狀態。12002 in FIG. 12 indicates that the second supporting portion 307d is in a state where it is most closed in the x-axis direction at the position (uppermost portion) Po2 closest to the driving portion 307a. The second supporting portion 307d changes from the state 12001 in FIG. 12 to the state 12002, thereby being able to support the protruding portion 602 of the tray 600 from the bottom in the tray transport mechanism 80 and transport it to any storage position of the tray storage cabinet 60. That is, the state 12002 in FIG. 12 is a state where the second supporting portion 307d supports the tray 600.

圖12中的12003表示第二支撐部307d從圖12中的12002之狀態下降了規定距離後之狀態。第二支撐部307d在位置Po1與Po2之間的位置Po3處停止。在該狀態下，第二支撐部307d不支撐托盤600的突出部602，托盤600被第一支撐部307b和托盤保管櫃60的任意保管位置的導軌61(參照圖13)這兩點所支撐。位置Po3只要是下述位置即可：亦即，在能夠解除托盤600的支撐並且將托盤600向托盤保管櫃60的任意保管位置插入時，第二支撐部307d不與托盤600發生干擾之位置。12003 in FIG. 12 indicates a state where the second supporting portion 307d has been lowered a predetermined distance from the state 12002 in FIG. 12. The second supporting portion 307d stops at a position Po3 between the positions Po1 and Po2. In this state, the second supporting portion 307d does not support the protruding portion 602 of the tray 600, and the tray 600 is supported by two points, namely, the first supporting portion 307b and the guide rail 61 (see FIG. 13) at an arbitrary storage position of the tray storage cabinet 60. The position Po3 may be any position where the second supporting portion 307d does not interfere with the tray 600 when the support of the tray 600 can be released and the tray 600 can be inserted into any storage position of the tray storage cabinet 60.

圖12中的12004表示第二支撐部307d從圖12中的12003之狀態進一步下降了的狀態。在該狀態下，被插入到引導部307eb中的動作部307ea的一部分位於引導部307eb的彎曲部分，第二支撐部307d在靠近位置Po1的位置(高度)處、亦即位置Po4處停止。因此，即使在將托盤600向托盤保管櫃60的任意保管位置插入的期間托盤600意外落下，第二支撐部307d也能夠接住落下的托盤600。在將托盤600插入到該保管位置之後，第二支撐部307d向圖12中的12001所示之初始位置返回。12004 in FIG. 12 indicates a state where the second supporting portion 307d is further lowered from the state of 12003 in FIG. 12. In this state, a part of the operating portion 307ea inserted into the guide portion 307eb is located at the bent portion of the guide portion 307eb, and the second supporting portion 307d stops at a position (height) close to the position Po1, that is, at the position Po4. Therefore, even if the tray 600 accidentally falls during the insertion of the tray 600 into any storage position of the tray storage cabinet 60, the second supporting portion 307d can catch the fallen tray 600. After the tray 600 is inserted into the storage position, the second supporting portion 307d returns to the initial position shown in 12001 in FIG. 12.

另外，在圖12的12001中，在利用卡片資訊變更單元100進行重寫卡RC的顯示資訊的重寫期間，第二支撐部307d在位置Po1處以打開狀態待機，但並不限定於此。In addition, in 12001 of FIG. 12, during the rewriting of the display information of the card RC by the cardinformation changing unit 100, the second supporting portion 307d stands by in the open state at the position Po1, but the present invention is not limited thereto.

例如，昇降控制部410亦可在上述重寫期間將第二支撐部307d從位置Po1的打開狀態移動至位置Po4的關閉狀態。例如，昇降控制部410亦可以向卡片資訊變更單元100交接了重寫卡RC這一情況作為觸發點，而使第二支撐部307d從打開狀態移動至關閉狀態。也就是說，第二支撐部307d從最為打開的狀態向關閉至能夠支撐托盤600的突出部602之位置為止的關閉狀態移動。For example, the liftingcontrol unit 410 may also move the second supporting portion 307d from the open state at position Po1 to the closed state at position Po4 during the rewriting period. For example, the liftingcontrol unit 410 may also use the fact that the rewriting card RC is handed over to the cardinformation changing unit 100 as a trigger to move the second supporting portion 307d from the open state to the closed state. In other words, the second supporting portion 307d moves from the most open state to the closed state where it is closed to the position of the protruding portion 602 that can support the tray 600.

在該情況下，當重寫卡RC的顯示資訊的重寫完成且重寫卡RC從卡片資訊變更單元100返回到托盤600時，第二支撐部307d呈支撐托盤600的突出部602之狀態。因此，在重寫卡RC返回到托盤600時，能夠縮短從位置Po1的打開狀態移動至位置Po4的關閉狀態為止所需的這一部分時間。In this case, when the rewriting of the display information of the rewrite card RC is completed and the rewrite card RC is returned from the cardinformation changing unit 100 to the tray 600, the second supporting portion 307d is in a state of supporting the protruding portion 602 of the tray 600. Therefore, when the rewrite card RC is returned to the tray 600, the time required to move from the open state at the position Po1 to the closed state at the position Po4 can be shortened.

＜托盤輸送部之動作例＞接下來，對托盤輸送部301的動作例進行說明。圖13係顯示將托盤600輸送到托盤保管櫃60時的第一支撐部307b和第二支撐部307d之動作例之圖。<Operation Example of the Pallet Transporting Unit> Next, an operation example of the pallet transporting unit 301 will be described. FIG13 is a diagram showing an operation example of the first supporting unit 307b and the second supporting unit 307d when the pallet 600 is transported to the pallet storage cabinet 60.

以往，托盤輸送部301透過利用第一支撐部307b和第二支撐部307d支撐托盤600，並且在使其傾斜之狀態下將托盤600以規定軌道向托盤保管櫃60側推出，從而將托盤600插入到托盤保管櫃60的各保管位置。該情況下，在托盤保管櫃60相對於托盤配發裝置50傾斜時，托盤輸送部301無法一邊吸收傾斜一邊推出托盤600，從而存在在輸送途中托盤600卡在托盤保管櫃60中這一情況。本實施方式之托盤輸送部301透過如以下那樣將托盤600插入托盤保管櫃60，能夠抑制發生如上述那樣的托盤600被卡住之情況。Conventionally, the pallet transport unit 301 supports the pallet 600 with the first supporting portion 307b and the second supporting portion 307d, and pushes the pallet 600 toward the side of the pallet storage cabinet 60 along a predetermined track in a state where the pallet 600 is tilted, thereby inserting the pallet 600 into each storage position of the pallet storage cabinet 60. In this case, when the pallet storage cabinet 60 is tilted relative to thepallet dispensing device 50, the pallet transport unit 301 cannot push out the pallet 600 while absorbing the tilt, and thus the pallet 600 may get stuck in the pallet storage cabinet 60 during transport. The tray transport unit 301 of this embodiment can suppress the occurrence of the above-mentioned stuck situation of the tray 600 by inserting the tray 600 into the tray storage cabinet 60 as follows.

如圖13中的13001所示，昇降控制部410透過控制托盤輸送部301，而使托盤600從托盤輸送機構80(參照圖11)向托盤保管櫃60的規定保管位置的正面移動。此時，托盤600被移動到導軌61上方規定距離部分(例如：5mm左右)的高度上。這是為了將托盤600向保管位置插入時不會與導軌61發生碰撞。此外，第一支撐部307b為卡掛在托盤600之與托盤保管櫃60相反一側的短邊側的卡掛部601上之狀態。如圖12中的12002所示，第二支撐部307d為在位置Po2處支撐著托盤600的突出部602之狀態。在圖13的13001之狀態下，托盤600為大致水平狀態。As shown in 13001 in FIG. 13 , the liftingcontrol unit 410 controls the tray conveying unit 301 to move the tray 600 from the tray conveying mechanism 80 (see FIG. 11 ) to the front of the specified storage position of the tray storage cabinet 60. At this time, the tray 600 is moved to a height of a specified distance (e.g., about 5 mm) above the guide rail 61. This is to prevent the tray 600 from colliding with the guide rail 61 when it is inserted into the storage position. In addition, the first support portion 307b is hooked on the hooking portion 601 on the short side of the tray 600 opposite to the tray storage cabinet 60. As shown in 12002 in Fig. 12, the second supporting portion 307d is in a state of supporting the protruding portion 602 of the tray 600 at the position Po2. In the state 13001 in Fig. 13, the tray 600 is in a substantially horizontal state.

接下來，昇降控制部410從圖13中的13001之狀態將托盤600呈大致水平地輸送向保管位置。然後，如圖13中的13002所示，昇降控制部410使托盤輸送部301在下述位置處停止，亦即，在托盤600之與托盤保管櫃60相對的短邊側(端部600e1)被插入了保管位置之位置處。Next, the liftingcontrol unit 410 transports the tray 600 to the storage position in a substantially horizontal manner from the state 13001 in Fig. 13. Then, as shown in 13002 in Fig. 13, the liftingcontrol unit 410 stops the tray transport unit 301 at the position where the short side (end 600e1) of the tray 600 facing the tray storage cabinet 60 is inserted into the storage position.

接下來，如圖13中的13003所示，昇降控制部410透過使第一支撐部307b上昇而將托盤600的端部600e1載置在導軌61的端部61a上。此外，昇降控制部410透過如圖12中的12003所示使第二支撐部307d從位置Po2向位置Po3移動，從而解除第二支撐部307d對托盤600的突出部602的支撐。因此，在圖13的13003之狀態下，托盤600呈被第一支撐部307b和導軌61這兩點支撐之狀態。Next, as shown in 13003 in FIG. 13 , the liftingcontrol unit 410 causes the first supporting portion 307b to lift up and place the end portion 600e1 of the tray 600 on the end portion 61a of the guide rail 61. Furthermore, as shown in 12003 in FIG. 12 , the liftingcontrol unit 410 causes the second supporting portion 307d to move from position Po2 to position Po3, thereby releasing the second supporting portion 307d from supporting the protruding portion 602 of the tray 600. Therefore, in the state of 13003 in FIG. 13 , the tray 600 is supported by two points, namely, the first supporting portion 307b and the guide rail 61.

接下來，昇降控制部410透過在使托盤600傾斜之狀態下使第一支撐部307b移動，從而進一步插入托盤600。在各保管位置處，在導軌61的端部61a附近設置有防止托盤600從保管位置落下之防落爪62。如圖13中的13004所示，在托盤600從導軌61的端部61a移動至超過了防落爪62之位置時，昇降控制部410使第一支撐部307b停止。Next, the liftingcontrol unit 410 moves the first supporting portion 307b while the tray 600 is tilted, thereby further inserting the tray 600. At each storage position, an anti-drop claw 62 is provided near the end 61a of the guide rail 61 to prevent the tray 600 from falling from the storage position. As shown in 13004 in FIG. 13, when the tray 600 moves from the end 61a of the guide rail 61 to a position beyond the anti-drop claw 62, the liftingcontrol unit 410 stops the first supporting portion 307b.

接下來，如圖13中的13005所示，昇降控制部410透過在保持支撐著托盤600之狀態不變而使第一支撐部307b下降，從而使托盤600返回大致水平的狀態。此時，如圖12中的12004所示，昇降控制部410使第二支撐部307d從位置Po3下降至位置Po4。然後，昇降控制部410將托盤600推入保管位置。Next, as shown in 13005 in FIG. 13 , the liftingcontrol unit 410 lowers the first supporting portion 307b while maintaining the state of supporting the tray 600, thereby returning the tray 600 to a substantially horizontal state. At this time, as shown in 12004 in FIG. 12 , the liftingcontrol unit 410 lowers the second supporting portion 307d from position Po3 to position Po4. Then, the liftingcontrol unit 410 pushes the tray 600 into the storage position.

然後，昇降控制部410使第一支撐部307b向下方移動並從托盤600的卡掛部601脫離，藉此托盤600被收納在保管位置。Then, the lifting and loweringcontrol unit 410 moves the first supporting portion 307b downward to disengage from the hooking portion 601 of the tray 600, whereby the tray 600 is stored in the storage position.

如此，在將托盤600輸送至托盤保管櫃60時，如圖13中的13003所示，在托盤600的端部600e1被插入了保管位置的時刻，托盤輸送部301將該端部600e1相反側的端部600e2抬起。藉此，托盤600呈被導軌61的端部61a和第一支撐部307b這兩點支撐之狀態。之後，如圖13中的13005所示，托盤輸送部301將托盤600插入托盤保管櫃60。Thus, when the pallet 600 is transported to the pallet storage cabinet 60, as shown in 13003 in FIG. 13, when the end 600e1 of the pallet 600 is inserted into the storage position, the pallet transport unit 301 lifts the end 600e2 on the opposite side of the end 600e1. As a result, the pallet 600 is supported at two points, namely, the end 61a of the guide rail 61 and the first supporting portion 307b. Thereafter, as shown in 13005 in FIG. 13, the pallet transport unit 301 inserts the pallet 600 into the pallet storage cabinet 60.

在該情況下，由於為以兩點支撐狀態下的托盤600之插入，因此，相比以第一支撐部307b和兩個第二支撐部307d這三點支撐的狀態(亦即，沿著規定的軌跡)插入托盤600之情形，托盤600的移動自由度提高。因此，即使是托盤保管櫃60相對於托盤配發裝置50傾斜之狀態，也能夠吸收該傾斜並將托盤600插入到托盤保管櫃60中。In this case, since the tray 600 is inserted in a two-point supported state, the degree of freedom of movement of the tray 600 is improved compared to the case where the tray 600 is inserted in a three-point supported state (i.e., along a predetermined trajectory) by the first supporting portion 307b and the two second supporting portions 307d. Therefore, even if the tray storage cabinet 60 is tilted relative to thetray dispensing device 50, the tray 600 can be inserted into the tray storage cabinet 60 while absorbing the tilt.

＜昇降裝置之控制例＞接下來，對昇降裝置300的控制例進行說明。通常，昇降裝置300將托盤600配發到為托盤600被搬運的每一場所(例如：病房)準備之多個托盤保管櫃60的各個中。或者，昇降裝置300以下述方式配發托盤，亦即，在一個托盤保管櫃60中按每一該場所分開的狀態進行保管。表示托盤600(亦即，被收納在托盤600中的藥劑)被搬運的場所之資訊，與表示該藥劑之藥劑資料相關聯地被管理。<Control example of the lifting device> Next, a control example of thelifting device 300 is described. Usually, thelifting device 300 distributes the tray 600 to each of a plurality of tray storage cabinets 60 prepared for each location (e.g., a ward) where the tray 600 is transported. Alternatively, thelifting device 300 distributes the trays in the following manner, that is, the trays are stored in a separate state for each location in a tray storage cabinet 60. Information indicating the location where the tray 600 (i.e., the medicine stored in the tray 600) is transported is managed in association with the medicine data indicating the medicine.

在先前的昇降裝置中，考慮將向不同場所搬運的托盤600配發至托盤保管櫃60之情形。在先前的昇降裝置中，被搬運到任意場所的托盤600之向托盤保管櫃60的配發完成之後，將用以受理向不同於該任意場所的場所搬運的托盤600的配發開始指示(允許配發)之圖像顯示在觸摸面板70上。例如，上述任意場所是A病房，不同於上述任意場所的場所是B病房。此外，例如，配發開始指示包括更換為保管向上述不同場所搬運的托盤600的托盤保管櫃60之指示。先前的昇降裝置在受理了表示配發開始指示之用戶輸入之後，開始向上述不同場所搬運的托盤600之向托盤保管櫃60的配發。In the previous lifting device, consider the case where the pallet 600 transported to a different place is distributed to the pallet storage cabinet 60. In the previous lifting device, after the distribution of the pallet 600 transported to an arbitrary place to the pallet storage cabinet 60 is completed, an image for accepting a distribution start instruction (distribution permission) for the pallet 600 transported to a place different from the arbitrary place is displayed on thetouch panel 70. For example, the arbitrary place is ward A, and the place different from the arbitrary place is ward B. In addition, for example, the distribution start instruction includes an instruction to change to a pallet storage cabinet 60 for storing the pallet 600 transported to the different place. The previous lifting device starts distributing the pallet 600 transported to the above-mentioned different place to the pallet storage cabinet 60 after receiving the user input indicating the distribution start instruction.

然而，在該情況下，為了識別托盤600向上述任意場所的配發完成情況，用戶需要隨時監視被搬運至該任意場所的托盤600的配發狀況。另外，當到被搬運至該任意場所的托盤600的配發完成為止為數個托盤時，用戶需要等待該數個托盤的配發。However, in this case, in order to recognize that the distribution of the tray 600 to the above-mentioned arbitrary place is completed, the user needs to monitor the distribution status of the tray 600 transported to the arbitrary place at any time. In addition, when the distribution of the tray 600 transported to the arbitrary place is completed for several trays, the user needs to wait for the distribution of the several trays.

另一方面，在本控制例中，托盤輸送部301執行以下的處理。考慮下述情況：亦即，在將使用於上述任意場所的托盤600(第一托盤組)配發至托盤保管櫃60時，接收了表示允許向托盤保管櫃60配發在上述不同場所中使用的托盤600(第二托盤組)之用戶輸入。該情況下，托盤輸送部301在該任意場所中所使用的托盤600之向托盤保管櫃60的配發完成了之後，接著開始在上述不同場所中使用的托盤600之配發。On the other hand, in this control example, the pallet conveying unit 301 performs the following processing. Consider the following case: that is, when the pallet 600 (first pallet group) used in the above-mentioned arbitrary place is distributed to the pallet storage cabinet 60, the user input indicating permission to distribute the pallet 600 (second pallet group) used in the above-mentioned different place to the pallet storage cabinet 60 is received. In this case, after the pallet conveying unit 301 completes the distribution of the pallet 600 used in the arbitrary place to the pallet storage cabinet 60, it then starts the distribution of the pallet 600 used in the above-mentioned different place.

另外，上述第一托盤組是包括至少一個上述任意場所中所使用的托盤600之托盤組。上述第二托盤組是包括至少一個上述不同場所中所使用的托盤600之托盤組。此外，可以說上述控制例規定了將多個托盤600劃分為搬運目的地互不相同的第一托盤組和第二托盤組並向托盤保管櫃60配發時之處理。In addition, the first pallet group is a pallet group including at least one pallet 600 used in any of the above-mentioned places. The second pallet group is a pallet group including at least one pallet 600 used in the different places. In addition, it can be said that the control example stipulates the processing when a plurality of pallets 600 are divided into the first pallet group and the second pallet group having different transport destinations and distributed to the pallet storage cabinet 60.

具體而言，昇降控制部410對要被搬運到A病房的托盤600的配發剩餘數進行計數。當配發剩餘數變為規定數量(例如：4~5個)時，昇降控制部410通知觸摸面板控制部470在觸摸面板70上顯示用以受理上述用戶輸入之圖像。觸摸面板控制部470接收該通知並使觸摸面板70顯示該圖像。Specifically, the liftingcontrol unit 410 counts the remaining number of the trays 600 to be transported to Ward A. When the remaining number of the trays 600 reaches a predetermined number (e.g., 4 to 5), the liftingcontrol unit 410 notifies the touchpanel control unit 470 to display an image for accepting the user input on thetouch panel 70. The touchpanel control unit 470 receives the notification and displays the image on thetouch panel 70.

在要被搬運到A病房的所有托盤600配發完成之前，昇降控制部410監視觸摸面板控制部470是否受理了上述用戶輸入。當昇降控制部410判斷為在上述配發完成之前存在上述用戶輸入之受理時，在要被搬運到A病房的托盤600之向托盤保管櫃60的配發完成之後，接著開始B病房中所使用的托盤600之配發。Before all the pallets 600 to be transported to ward A are distributed, the liftingcontrol unit 410 monitors whether the touchpanel control unit 470 has accepted the user input. When the liftingcontrol unit 410 determines that the user input has been accepted before the distribution is completed, after the distribution of the pallets 600 to be transported to ward A to the pallet storage cabinet 60 is completed, the distribution of the pallets 600 used in ward B is started.

藉此，用戶可減少如先前的昇降裝置那樣隨時監視托盤600的配發狀況或等待托盤600的配發所需的勞力和時間。因此，可提高用戶的便利性。Thereby, the user can reduce the labor and time required for always monitoring the distribution status of the tray 600 or waiting for the distribution of the tray 600 as in the previous lifting device. Therefore, the convenience of the user can be improved.

此外，托盤輸送部301亦可將上述不同場所中使用的托盤600輸送到與被保管在托盤保管櫃60中的上述任意場所中使用的托盤600遠離之位置。亦即，在要被搬運到A病房的托盤600的配發處理期間，當接收到上述用戶輸入時，托盤輸送部301將要被搬運到B病房的托盤600輸送到下述保管位置：亦即，與已經輸送了要被搬運到A病房的托盤600的托盤保管櫃60之保管位置之相鄰保管位置不同的保管位置。該不同的保管位置例如是從最後保管要被搬運到A病房的托盤600的保管位置空開了一個保管位置後的保管位置。另外，最後保管要被搬運到A病房的托盤600的保管位置與最先保管要被搬運到B病房的托盤600的保管位置亦可不是一個保管位置，而是經由多個保管位置而隔開。另外，要被搬運到B病房的托盤600亦可保管在托盤保管櫃60中之、與最後保管要被搬運到A病房的托盤600的列不同的列中。In addition, the pallet conveying unit 301 may also convey the pallets 600 used in the above-mentioned different places to a position far away from the pallets 600 used in the above-mentioned any place stored in the pallet storage cabinet 60. That is, during the distribution process of the pallet 600 to be transported to Ward A, when the above-mentioned user input is received, the pallet conveying unit 301 conveys the pallet 600 to be transported to Ward B to the following storage position: that is, a storage position different from the storage position adjacent to the storage position of the pallet storage cabinet 60 that has transported the pallet 600 to be transported to Ward A. The different storage position is, for example, a storage position after one storage position is vacated from the storage position that last stored the pallet 600 to be transported to Ward A. In addition, the storage location of the pallet 600 to be transported to ward A last stored and the storage location of the pallet 600 to be transported to ward B first stored may not be the same storage location, but may be separated by a plurality of storage locations. In addition, the pallet 600 to be transported to ward B may be stored in a row of the pallet storage cabinet 60 different from the row of the pallet 600 to be transported to ward A last stored.

該情況下，當在不改變托盤保管櫃60之情形下將要被搬運到多個場所的托盤600保管於一個托盤保管櫃60中時，能夠從視覺上針對每一場所劃分托盤600的保管位置。因此，用戶容易把握托盤600的搬運場所。In this case, when the pallets 600 to be transported to a plurality of locations are stored in one pallet storage cabinet 60 without changing the pallet storage cabinet 60, the storage position of the pallet 600 can be visually divided for each location. Therefore, the user can easily grasp the transport location of the pallet 600.

托盤輸送部301將托盤600按照輸送順序排列並配置於托盤保管櫃60中。圖14中的14001~14003係顯示托盤600於托盤保管櫃60中的保管例之圖。在圖14的示例中，托盤輸送部301將托盤600按照輸送順序從保管區域SAr1的最上層朝向最下層進行保管，當保管至保管區域SAr1的最下層時，從保管區域SAr2的最上層朝向最下層進行保管。然後，當保管至保管區域SAr2的最下層時，托盤輸送部301從保管區域SAr3的最上層朝向最下層進行保管。The tray conveying unit 301 arranges the trays 600 in the conveying order and arranges them in the tray storage cabinet 60. 14001 to 14003 in FIG. 14 are diagrams showing an example of the storage of the trays 600 in the tray storage cabinet 60. In the example of FIG. 14, the tray conveying unit 301 stores the trays 600 from the uppermost layer to the lowermost layer of the storage area SAr1 in the conveying order. When the trays 600 are stored at the lowermost layer of the storage area SAr1, the trays 600 are stored from the uppermost layer to the lowermost layer of the storage area SAr2. Then, when the trays 600 are stored at the lowermost layer of the storage area SAr2, the tray conveying unit 301 stores the trays 600 from the uppermost layer to the lowermost layer of the storage area SAr3.

在圖14的14001中，設定為要被搬運到A病房的托盤600被保管在保管區域SAr1的整個區域以及保管區域SAr2的上層部分。當在要被搬運到A病房的托盤600的配發處理期間接收了上述用戶輸入時，如圖14中的14002所示，托盤輸送部301空開可保管一個托盤600的保管位置(空間Sp1)，而輸送要被搬運到B病房的托盤600(圖中的600(B))。然後，當在要被搬運到B病房的托盤600的配發處理期間接收了上述用戶輸入時，如圖14中的14003所示，托盤輸送部301空開可保管一個托盤600的保管位置(空間Sp2)，而輸送要被搬運到C病房的托盤600(圖中的600(C))。In 14001 of FIG. 14 , it is set that the pallet 600 to be transported to ward A is stored in the entire area of the storage area SAr1 and the upper part of the storage area SAr2. When the above-mentioned user input is received during the distribution process of the pallet 600 to be transported to ward A, as shown in 14002 of FIG. 14 , the pallet transport unit 301 leaves a storage position (space Sp1) that can store one pallet 600 vacant, and transports the pallet 600 to be transported to ward B (600 (B) in the figure). Then, when the above-mentioned user input is received during the distribution process of the pallet 600 to be transported to Ward B, as shown in 14003 in Figure 14, the pallet transport unit 301 leaves a storage position (space Sp2) that can store one pallet 600 vacant, and transports the pallet 600 to be transported to Ward C (600(C) in the figure).

另外，昇降控制部410也能夠在要被搬運到上述任意場所的托盤600的配發處理期間接收用戶輸入，其中該用戶輸入表示允許對上述不同的多個場所的每一個配發托盤600。例如，在要被搬運到A病房的托盤600的配發處理期間，不僅能夠接收要被搬運到B病房的托盤600的的配發許可，而且也能夠接收要被搬運到C病房的托盤600的的配發許可。該情況下，由於能夠減少用戶的操作次數，因此可進一步提高用戶的便利性。In addition, the lifting and loweringcontrol section 410 can also receive a user input during the distribution process of the tray 600 to be transported to any of the above-mentioned places, wherein the user input indicates permission to distribute the tray 600 to each of the above-mentioned multiple different places. For example, during the distribution process of the tray 600 to be transported to the A ward, it is possible to receive not only the distribution permission of the tray 600 to be transported to the B ward, but also the distribution permission of the tray 600 to be transported to the C ward. In this case, since the number of user operations can be reduced, the convenience of the user can be further improved.

(處理例)圖15係顯示由昇降控制部410實施之控制例之流程圖。在本處理例中，設定為在完成了要被搬運到A病房的托盤600的配發之後，進行要被搬運到B病房的托盤600的配發。15 is a flowchart showing a control example implemented by the liftingcontrol unit 410. In thisprocessingexample , it is assumed that after the distribution of the tray 600 to be transported to the A ward is completed, the distribution of the tray 600 to be transported to the B ward is performed.

如圖15所示，昇降控制部410在要被搬運到A病房的托盤600的配發完成了時(S1)，判斷是否已接收表示允許要被搬運到B病房的托盤600的配發之用戶輸入(S2)。As shown in FIG. 15 , when the distribution of the tray 600 to be transported to Ward A is completed ( S1 ), the liftingcontrol unit 410 determines whether a user input indicating permission for the distribution of the tray 600 to be transported to Ward B has been received ( S2 ).

在接收了上述用戶輸入時(S2中為“是”)，昇降控制部410在托盤保管櫃60中將以下的保管位置確定為要被搬運到B病房的最初的托盤600的保管位置，其中，該以下的保管位置是指從作為要被搬運到A病房的托盤600而最後配發的保管位置空開一個後的保管位置。然後，昇降控制部410透過控制托盤輸送部301，而將要被搬運到B病房的最初的托盤600輸送到所確定的保管位置(S3)。When receiving the above user input ("Yes" in S2), the liftingcontrol unit 410 determines the following storage position in the tray storage cabinet 60 as the storage position of the first tray 600 to be transported to Ward B, wherein the following storage position is the storage position that is one vacant after the storage position that was last distributed as the tray 600 to be transported to Ward A. Then, the liftingcontrol unit 410 controls the tray transport unit 301 to transport the first tray 600 to be transported to Ward B to the determined storage position (S3).

另一方面，當判斷為在直至要被搬運到A病房的托盤600的配發完成為止未接收到上述用戶輸入時(S2中為“否”)，昇降控制部410通知要被搬運到A病房的托盤600的配發已完成這一情況(S4)。具體地，觸摸面板控制部470透過控制觸摸面板70，從而使觸摸面板70顯示用以接收要被搬運到B病房的托盤600的配發許可之圖像。On the other hand, when it is determined that the user input is not received until the distribution of the tray 600 to be transported to the A ward is completed (No in S2), the liftingcontrol unit 410 notifies that the distribution of the tray 600 to be transported to the A ward has been completed (S4). Specifically, the touchpanel control unit 470 controls thetouch panel 70 so that thetouch panel 70 displays an image for receiving the distribution permission of the tray 600 to be transported to the B ward.

昇降控制部410監視是否透過上述圖像接收了上述配發許可(S5)。當判斷為接收了上述配發許可時(S5中為“是”)，昇降控制部410執行S3的處理。昇降控制部410執行S5的處理，直至經過了規定的時間(S5中為“否”)。當未接收到上述配發許可而經過了規定的時間時，昇降控制部410結束托盤600的配發處理。The liftingcontrol unit 410 monitors whether the distribution permission is received through the image (S5). When it is determined that the distribution permission is received ("Yes" in S5), the liftingcontrol unit 410 executes the processing of S3. The liftingcontrol unit 410 executes the processing of S5 until a prescribed time has passed ("No" in S5). When the distribution permission is not received and the prescribed time has passed, the liftingcontrol unit 410 ends the distribution processing of the tray 600.

＜其他昇降裝置之控制例＞昇降裝置300亦可透過上述以外的方法將要被搬運到任意場所的托盤600(第一托盤組)和要被搬運到不同場所的托盤600(第二托盤組)分別配發到托盤保管櫃60。以下，舉以下述情況為例進行說明：亦即，在要被搬運到A病房的托盤600之向托盤保管櫃60的配發完成之後，進行要被搬運到B病房的托盤600之向托盤保管櫃60的配發。<Other control examples of the lifting device> Thelifting device 300 can also distribute the pallets 600 to be transported to an arbitrary location (the first pallet group) and the pallets 600 to be transported to a different location (the second pallet group) to the pallet storage cabinet 60 respectively by a method other than the above. The following is explained by taking the following case as an example: that is, after the distribution of the pallets 600 to be transported to the A ward to the pallet storage cabinet 60 is completed, the pallets 600 to be transported to the B ward to the pallet storage cabinet 60 are distributed.

(控制例一)昇降控制部410在將要被搬運到A病房的托盤600配發到托盤保管櫃60(第一托盤保管櫃)之後，即使該托盤保管櫃60中有空餘區域，亦可將要被搬運到B病房的托盤600配發到與上述托盤保管櫃60不同之另一托盤保管櫃60(第二托盤保管櫃)。例如，當昇降控制部410檢測到設置有第二托盤保管櫃時，在要被搬運到A病房的所有托盤600全部被配發到第一托盤保管櫃之後，開始要被搬運到B病房的托盤600之向第二托盤保管櫃的配發。(Control Example 1) After the pallets 600 to be transported to Ward A are distributed to the pallet storage cabinet 60 (first pallet storage cabinet), the liftingcontrol unit 410 can distribute the pallets 600 to be transported to Ward B to another pallet storage cabinet 60 (second pallet storage cabinet) different from the above pallet storage cabinet 60 even if there is a vacant area in the pallet storage cabinet 60. For example, when the liftingcontrol unit 410 detects that the second pallet storage cabinet is provided, after all the pallets 600 to be transported to Ward A are distributed to the first pallet storage cabinet, the pallets 600 to be transported to Ward B are distributed to the second pallet storage cabinet.

昇降控制部410亦可在例如由用戶接收了對第二托盤保管櫃的配發許可時，開始對第二托盤保管櫃配發托盤600。此外，昇降控制部410亦可在利用設置檢測部(未圖示)檢測到托盤保管櫃60被設置在插入口53中時，開始對第二托盤保管櫃配發托盤600。設置檢測部是檢測托盤保管櫃60有無設置在插入口53中之裝置，例如設置在托盤配發裝置50的框體51中。該情況下，能夠自動開始托盤600向第二托盤保管櫃的配發，而無需由用戶接收向第二托盤保管櫃的配發許可。The lifting and loweringcontrol unit 410 may also start distributing the tray 600 to the second tray storage cabinet when, for example, the user receives permission for distribution to the second tray storage cabinet. In addition, the lifting and loweringcontrol unit 410 may also start distributing the tray 600 to the second tray storage cabinet when the placement detection unit (not shown) detects that the tray storage cabinet 60 is placed in the insertion port 53. The placement detection unit is a device that detects whether the tray storage cabinet 60 is placed in the insertion port 53, and is, for example, provided in the frame 51 of thetray distributing device 50. In this case, the distribution of the pallet 600 to the second pallet storage cabinet can be automatically started without the user receiving distribution permission to the second pallet storage cabinet.

另外，在使用自動向插入口53輸送托盤保管櫃60之托盤保管櫃輸送系統(未圖示)時，用戶無需將托盤保管櫃60設置在插入口53中。在與設置檢測部一同使用了托盤保管櫃輸送系統之情形下，自動進行下一托盤保管櫃60的設置以及下一托盤600向托盤保管櫃60的配發。因此，用戶既不需要執行上述配發許可也不需要進行托盤保管櫃60的設置。In addition, when a tray storage box conveying system (not shown) is used to automatically convey the tray storage box 60 to the insertion port 53, the user does not need to set the tray storage box 60 in the insertion port 53. When the tray storage box conveying system is used together with the installation detection unit, the installation of the next tray storage box 60 and the distribution of the next tray 600 to the tray storage box 60 are automatically performed. Therefore, the user does not need to perform the above-mentioned distribution permission nor the installation of the tray storage box 60.

(控制例二)昇降控制部410亦可在將要被搬運到A病房的托盤600配發至托盤保管櫃60之後，判斷托盤保管櫃60中是否存在空餘區域。而且，在判斷為存在空余區域時，昇降控制部410亦可不接收上述配發許可而將要被搬運到B病房的托盤600配發至空餘區域。如上所述，昇降控制部410亦可將要被搬運到A病房的托盤600和要被搬運到B病房的托盤600隔開而保管在托盤保管櫃60中，以能夠從視覺上區分要被搬運到A病房的托盤600和要被搬運到B病房的托盤600。(Control Example 2) Thelift control unit 410 may also determine whether there is an empty area in the pallet storage cabinet 60 after distributing the pallet 600 to be transported to the A ward to the pallet storage cabinet 60. Furthermore, when it is determined that there is an empty area, thelift control unit 410 may distribute the pallet 600 to be transported to the B ward to the empty area without receiving the distribution permission. As described above, the liftingcontrol unit 410 can also separate the pallet 600 to be transported to Ward A and the pallet 600 to be transported to Ward B and store them in the pallet storage cabinet 60 so as to be able to visually distinguish the pallet 600 to be transported to Ward A and the pallet 600 to be transported to Ward B.

(控制例三)昇降控制部410在判斷為無法將要被搬運到B病房的所有托盤600全部保管至空余區域中時，亦可通知用戶在插入口53中設置另一托盤保管櫃60。例如，昇降控制部410通知觸摸面板控制部470，以在觸摸面板70上顯示用以提醒用戶在插入口53中設置另一托盤保管櫃60之圖像。觸摸面板控制部470接收該通知並使觸摸面板70顯示該圖像。(Control Example 3) When the liftingcontrol unit 410 determines that it is not possible to store all the trays 600 to be transported to the B ward in the vacant area, it can also notify the user to set another tray storage cabinet 60 in the insertion port 53. For example, the liftingcontrol unit 410 notifies the touchpanel control unit 470 to display an image on thetouch panel 70 to remind the user to set another tray storage cabinet 60 in the insertion port 53. The touchpanel control unit 470 receives the notification and causes thetouch panel 70 to display the image.

在此，控制裝置400的存儲部(未圖示)例如根據處方資料存儲有要被搬運到各病房的托盤600的總數。另外，存儲有被設置於插入口53的托盤保管櫃60中的托盤600的保管總數。藉此，在每次將托盤600保管至托盤保管櫃60中時，昇降控制部410能夠計算出托盤600的配發剩餘數和托盤保管櫃60中的托盤600的保管剩餘數(托盤保管櫃60的空餘區域的大小)。Here, the storage unit (not shown) of thecontrol device 400 stores the total number of pallets 600 to be transported to each ward according to prescription data, for example. In addition, the total number of pallets 600 stored in the pallet storage cabinet 60 provided in the insertion port 53 is stored. Thus, each time a pallet 600 is stored in the pallet storage cabinet 60, the lifting and loweringcontrol unit 410 can calculate the remaining number of pallets 600 to be distributed and the remaining number of pallets 600 to be stored in the pallet storage cabinet 60 (the size of the empty area of the pallet storage cabinet 60).

昇降控制部410例如在判斷為保管有要被搬運到A病房的托盤600的托盤保管櫃60的托盤600保管剩餘數小於要被搬運到B病房的托盤600的總數時，通知用戶在插入口53中設置另一托盤保管櫃60。亦即，昇降控制部410在判斷為雖然托盤保管櫃60中存在空餘區域但是無法將要被搬運到B病房的所有托盤600配發(收納)至該托盤保管櫃60時，通知用戶在插入口53中設置另一托盤保管櫃60。該情況下，即使托盤保管櫃60中存在空餘區域，也能夠將要被搬運到B病房的托盤600配發至另一托盤保管櫃60。For example, when the liftingcontrol unit 410 determines that the number of pallets 600 remaining in the pallet storage cabinet 60 storing the pallets 600 to be transported to Ward A is less than the total number of pallets 600 to be transported to Ward B, the liftingcontrol unit 410 notifies the user to set another pallet storage cabinet 60 in the insertion port 53. That is, when the liftingcontrol unit 410 determines that although there is a vacant area in the pallet storage cabinet 60, all the pallets 600 to be transported to Ward B cannot be distributed (stored) in the pallet storage cabinet 60, the liftingcontrol unit 410 notifies the user to set another pallet storage cabinet 60 in the insertion port 53. In this case, even if there is a vacant area in the pallet storage cabinet 60 , the pallet 600 to be transported to the B ward can be distributed to another pallet storage cabinet 60 .

該情況下，昇降控制部410例如亦可在接收到上述配發許可時、或者上述設置檢測部檢測到另一托盤保管櫃60的設置時，開始進行要被搬運到B病房的托盤600之向另一托盤保管櫃60的配發。In this case, the lifting and loweringcontrol unit 410 may also start distributing the pallet 600 to be transported to Ward B to another pallet storage cabinet 60, for example, when the above-mentioned distribution permission is received or when the above-mentioned installation detection unit detects the installation of another pallet storage cabinet 60.

另外，昇降控制部410例如即使在判斷為保管有要被搬運到A病房的托盤600的托盤保管櫃60的托盤600保管剩餘數小於要被搬運到B病房的托盤600的總數時，亦可將要被搬運到B病房的托盤600保管至該空餘區域中，直到該托盤保管櫃60的空餘區域被托盤600填滿為止。該情況下，昇降控制部410將要被搬運到B病房的托盤600配發至該托盤保管櫃60，直到保管剩餘數變為0，並且，在保管剩餘數變為0時，暫時停止該配發。然後，昇降控制部410例如在接收到上述配發許可時、或者上述設置檢測部檢測到另一托盤保管櫃60的設置時，開始進行要被搬運到B病房的托盤600之向另一托盤保管櫃60的配發。藉此，能夠將要被搬運到B病房的托盤600保管在互不相同的托盤保管櫃60中。Furthermore, even when the liftingcontrol unit 410 determines that the number of pallets 600 remaining in the pallet storage cabinet 60 storing the pallets 600 to be transported to Ward A is less than the total number of pallets 600 to be transported to Ward B, the pallets 600 to be transported to Ward B may be stored in the empty area until the empty area of the pallet storage cabinet 60 is filled with pallets 600. In this case, the liftingcontrol unit 410 distributes the pallets 600 to be transported to Ward B to the pallet storage cabinet 60 until the remaining number of pallets becomes 0, and temporarily stops the distribution when the remaining number of pallets becomes 0. Then, when the above-mentioned distribution permission is received, or when the above-mentioned installation detection part detects the installation of another pallet storage cabinet 60, the lifting and loweringcontrol part 410 starts to distribute the pallet 600 to be transported to the B ward to another pallet storage cabinet 60. In this way, the pallet 600 to be transported to the B ward can be stored in different pallet storage cabinets 60.

如此，在上述托盤600的保管剩餘數小於要被搬運到B病房的托盤600的總數時，例如執行以下兩個處理中的任意一者。(1)、即使保管要被搬運到A病房的托盤600的托盤保管櫃60中存在空餘區域，也將要被搬運到B病房的托盤600保管至與該托盤保管櫃60不同的另一托盤保管櫃60中。(2)、將要被搬運到B病房的托盤600保管至用以保管要被搬運到A病房的托盤600的托盤保管櫃60中直至空餘區域不存在之後，將剩餘的托盤600保管至另一托盤保管櫃60中。Thus, when the remaining number of the above-mentioned pallets 600 is less than the total number of pallets 600 to be transported to Ward B, for example, one of the following two processes is performed.(1) Even if there is an empty area in the pallet storage cabinet 60 storing the pallets 600 to be transported to Ward A, the pallets 600 to be transported to Ward B are stored in another pallet storage cabinet 60 different from the pallet storage cabinet 60.(2) The pallet 600 to be transported to Ward B is stored in the pallet storage cabinet 60 used to store the pallet 600 to be transported to Ward A until there is no empty area, and then the remaining pallets 600 are stored in another pallet storage cabinet 60.

此時，昇降控制部410執行上述(1)和(2)中的哪一者，既可以透過預先設定而決定，亦可透過如上判定時的用戶選擇而決定。At this time, which of the above (1) and (2) is executed by the lifting and loweringcontrol unit 410 can be determined by pre-setting or by user selection during the above determination.

＜其他的構成＞在托盤配發裝置50的框體51中設置有固定部件，該固定部件用以在托盤保管櫃60被插入到插入口53時將托盤保管櫃60臨時固定。固定部件例如是磁鐵。透過設置固定部件，可以防止在利用托盤配發裝置50配發托盤600的期間托盤保管櫃60發生移動。<Other Configurations> A fixing member is provided in the frame 51 of thetray dispensing device 50, and the fixing member is used to temporarily fix the tray storage cabinet 60 when the tray storage cabinet 60 is inserted into the insertion port 53. The fixing member is, for example, a magnet. By providing the fixing member, the tray storage cabinet 60 can be prevented from moving while thetray dispensing device 50 is dispensing the tray 600.

固定部件亦可連接於水平方向的旋轉軸，並且安裝成能夠圍繞該旋轉軸旋轉。藉此，即使托盤保管櫃60相對於托盤配發裝置50以傾斜的狀態被插入，也能夠移動托盤保管櫃60，以使托盤配發裝置50和托盤保管櫃60呈大致平行狀態。因此，能夠抑制由於托盤保管櫃60相對於托盤配發裝置50傾斜而引起之在將托盤600插入任意保管位置時托盤600被卡在保管位置這一情況的發生。The fixing member may also be connected to a horizontal rotation axis and installed so as to be rotatable around the rotation axis. Thus, even if the tray storage cabinet 60 is inserted in a tilted state relative to thetray dispensing device 50, the tray storage cabinet 60 can be moved so that thetray dispensing device 50 and the tray storage cabinet 60 are substantially parallel. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation where the tray 600 is stuck in the storage position when the tray 600 is inserted into any storage position due to the tilt of the tray storage cabinet 60 relative to thetray dispensing device 50.

[卡片夾]接下來，對卡片夾500的詳細情況進行說明。圖16係顯示卡片夾500之構成例之圖。圖16的16001顯示從正面側觀察卡片夾500時的頂視圖，圖16的16002顯示從背面側觀察卡片夾500時的頂視圖。另外，圖16中的16003顯示沿圖16的16001所示A-A線之卡片夾500之剖視圖。[Card Holder] Next, the card holder 500 will be described in detail. FIG. 16 is a diagram showing a configuration example of the card holder 500. 16001 in FIG. 16 shows a top view of the card holder 500 when viewed from the front side, and 16002 in FIG. 16 shows a top view of the card holder 500 when viewed from the back side. In addition, 16003 in FIG. 16 shows a cross-sectional view of the card holder 500 along the AA line shown in 16001 in FIG. 16.

卡片夾500是設置在托盤600的側面上且保持重寫卡RC之部件。如圖16中的16001所示，卡片夾500包括形成開口部之外邊緣部511和載置重寫卡RC之底部512。經由外邊緣部511所形成之開口部，進行重寫卡RC從卡片夾500的拔除、或重寫卡RC向卡片夾500的安裝(插入)。另外，由外邊緣部511和底部512限定的空間(圖中以虛線包圍的矩形區域)作為保持(安裝)重寫卡RC之卡片安裝部513發揮作用。另外，該矩形區域與重寫卡RC的大小大致一致。The card holder 500 is a component that is disposed on the side surface of the tray 600 and holds the rewrite card RC. As shown in 16001 in FIG. 16 , the card holder 500 includes an outer edge portion 511 that forms an opening portion and a bottom portion 512 that carries the rewrite card RC. The rewrite card RC is removed from the card holder 500 or installed (inserted) into the card holder 500 through the opening portion formed by the outer edge portion 511. In addition, the space defined by the outer edge portion 511 and the bottom portion 512 (the rectangular area surrounded by dotted lines in the figure) serves as a card installation portion 513 that holds (installs) the rewrite card RC. In addition, the rectangular area is roughly the same size as the rewrite card RC.

卡片夾500例如透過將限定外邊緣部511之上部部件和限定底部512之下部部件接合而形成。上部部件和下部部件例如為樹脂。The card holder 500 is formed, for example, by joining an upper member defining an outer edge portion 511 and a lower member defining a bottom portion 512. The upper member and the lower member are, for example, resin.

此外，對上部部件和下部部件之、成為卡片夾500正面側的表面實施用以減少光的反射之加工。例如，在該表面上形成有微細的凹凸形狀(例如：壓紋加工)。藉此，在卡片檢測部176向卡片夾500照射了光時，抑制了外邊緣部511或底部512對該光的反射。因此，可提高重寫卡RC的檢測精度。In addition, the surface of the upper and lower parts, which becomes the front side of the card holder 500, is processed to reduce the reflection of light. For example, a fine concave-convex shape (for example, embossing) is formed on the surface. Thereby, when the card detection unit 176 irradiates light to the card holder 500, the reflection of the light by the outer edge 511 or the bottom 512 is suppressed. Therefore, the detection accuracy of the rewritable card RC can be improved.

另外，若不考慮上述檢測精度的提高，則並不一定必須要實施上述加工。此外，亦可透過將一塊板狀部件進行成形而製造卡片夾500。In addition, if the improvement of the above-mentioned detection accuracy is not considered, the above-mentioned processing is not necessarily required. In addition, the card holder 500 can also be manufactured by molding a plate-shaped component.

在外邊緣部511的相對的部分上設置有一對爪部514。在本實施方式中，在卡片夾500的兩個短邊的卡片夾500的拐角部附近設置有四個爪部514a~514d。由爪部514a及514b這一組和爪部514c及514d這一組構成一對爪部514。A pair of claws 514 is provided on opposite portions of the outer edge 511. In this embodiment, four claws 514a to 514d are provided near the corners of the card holder 500 at two short sides of the card holder 500. A pair of claws 514 is formed by a set of claws 514a and 514b and a set of claws 514c and 514d.

一對爪部514沿著重寫卡RC的變形方向突出，該變形方向是指重寫卡RC邊彎曲邊被從卡片夾500的正面拔除時、或者重寫卡RC邊彎曲邊被從卡片夾500的正面安裝時之重寫卡RC的變形方向。在本實施方式中，上述變形方向是圖16中的16001和16003所示之箭頭方向(長邊延伸的方向)。具體而言，爪部514從卡片夾500的兩短邊(具體為外邊緣部511的第二側壁511b)朝向外邊緣部511所形成之開口部側(卡片夾500的內側)突出。另外，將長邊側的外邊緣部511的側壁稱為第一側壁511a，將短邊側的外邊緣部511的側壁稱為第二側壁511b。A pair of claws 514 protrude along the deformation direction of the rewrite card RC, which is the deformation direction of the rewrite card RC when the rewrite card RC is pulled out from the front of the card holder 500 while being bent, or when the rewrite card RC is installed from the front of the card holder 500 while being bent. In this embodiment, the deformation direction is the arrow direction (the direction in which the long side extends) shown by 16001 and 16003 in FIG. 16. Specifically, the claws 514 protrude from the two short sides of the card holder 500 (specifically, the second side wall 511b of the outer edge 511) toward the side of the opening formed by the outer edge 511 (the inner side of the card holder 500). In addition, the side wall of the outer edge portion 511 on the long side is referred to as a first side wall 511 a, and the side wall of the outer edge portion 511 on the short side is referred to as a second side wall 511 b.

透過設置爪部514，在爪部514與包括底部512的平面之間(以下，也稱為爪部514與底部512之間)，可形成在保持著重寫卡RC的狀態下其外邊緣部的一部分應被插入之間隙。透過設置爪部514，能夠在重寫卡RC的端部處保持被恢復原始狀態的重寫卡RC，其中，恢復原始狀態的重寫卡RC是透過從卡片夾500的正面(外邊緣部511所形成之開口部)相對於卡片夾500以彎曲的狀態被推頂而恢復為原始狀態。也就是說，爪部514作為重寫卡RC的防脫部發揮作用。此外，被保持在卡片夾500中的重寫卡RC之以彎曲狀態從卡片夾500正面之拔除成為可能。尤其是，透過將爪部514設置成朝向上述變形方向突出，藉此，在將重寫卡RC邊彎曲邊進行拔除或安裝時，能夠減小對爪部514的負荷。亦即，能夠在使重寫卡RC彎曲的同時順暢地進行拔除或安裝。因此，由於能夠抑制重寫卡RC的變形或損壞的發生，因而可延長重寫卡RC的壽命。By providing the claw portion 514, a gap can be formed between the claw portion 514 and the plane including the bottom portion 512 (hereinafter, also referred to as between the claw portion 514 and the bottom portion 512) into which a part of the outer edge portion of the rewrite card RC should be inserted while the rewrite card RC is held. By providing the claw portion 514, the rewrite card RC restored to its original state can be held at the end of the rewrite card RC, wherein the rewrite card RC restored to its original state is restored to its original state by being pushed up from the front side of the card holder 500 (the opening portion formed by the outer edge portion 511) in a bent state relative to the card holder 500. That is, the claw portion 514 functions as a portion preventing the rewrite card RC from coming off. In addition, the rewrite card RC held in the card holder 500 can be removed from the front of the card holder 500 in a bent state. In particular, by setting the claw portion 514 to protrude in the above-mentioned deformation direction, the load on the claw portion 514 can be reduced when the rewrite card RC is removed or installed while being bent. That is, the rewrite card RC can be smoothly removed or installed while being bent. Therefore, since the deformation or damage of the rewrite card RC can be suppressed, the life of the rewrite card RC can be extended.

另外，在本實施方式中，說明了在兩個短邊的相對的部分上設置爪部514之情況，但是亦可在兩個長邊的相對的部分上設置爪部514。爪部514只要設置為至少在上述變形方向上相對即可。此外，亦可在兩個短邊的相對的部分上設置一對爪部514之同時，在兩個長邊的相對的部分上也設置一對爪部514。亦即，設置有一對爪部514之上述相對的部分是：(1)外邊緣部511之在上述變形方向上相對的部分(例如：兩個短邊的相對的部分)，以及(2)外邊緣部511之在與上述變形方向垂直的方向上相對的部分(例如：兩個長邊的相對的部分)的至少任意一者。In addition, in the present embodiment, the claws 514 are provided on the opposite portions of the two short sides, but the claws 514 may be provided on the opposite portions of the two long sides. The claws 514 only need to be provided to be opposite in at least the above-mentioned deformation direction. In addition, a pair of claws 514 may be provided on the opposite portions of the two short sides, and a pair of claws 514 may also be provided on the opposite portions of the two long sides. That is, the above-mentioned opposite portions where the pair of claws 514 are provided are at least one of: (1) the opposite portions of the outer edge 511 in the above-mentioned deformation direction (for example: the opposite portions of the two short sides), and (2) the opposite portions of the outer edge 511 in the direction perpendicular to the above-mentioned deformation direction (for example: the opposite portions of the two long sides).

另外，如圖16中的16003所示，爪部514之與開口部517相對的內壁以下述方式傾斜：亦即，從外邊緣部511(在本實施方式中為第二側壁511b(短邊側))朝向卡片夾500的內側，而爪部514與底部512之間的高度Hi變大該一方式。In addition, as shown in 16003 in Figure 16, the inner wall of the claw portion 514 opposite to the opening portion 517 is inclined in the following manner: that is, from the outer edge portion 511 (the second side wall 511b (short side) in the present embodiment) toward the inner side of the card holder 500, the height Hi between the claw portion 514 and the bottom 512 becomes larger.

因此，能夠抑制邊彎曲邊被拔除或安裝的重寫卡RC卡在爪部514或底部512上之情況的發生。例如，即使在重寫卡RC劣化而變得容易被卡住時，也能夠抑制該卡住情況的發生。因此，能夠提高重寫卡RC的拔除或安裝精度。此外，由於能夠減小施加於重寫卡RC上的負荷，因此可防止重寫卡RC變形等的發生。另外，若不考慮這一點，則爪部514的上述內壁亦可例如與底部512大致平行地延伸。Therefore, it is possible to prevent the rewrite card RC, which is being pulled out or installed while being bent, from getting stuck on the claw portion 514 or the bottom portion 512. For example, even when the rewrite card RC deteriorates and becomes easily stuck, the occurrence of the jamming situation can be prevented. Therefore, the removal or installation accuracy of the rewrite card RC can be improved. In addition, since the load applied to the rewrite card RC can be reduced, the rewrite card RC can be prevented from being deformed. In addition, if this point is not taken into consideration, the above-mentioned inner wall of the claw portion 514 can also extend, for example, roughly parallel to the bottom portion 512.

此外，在外邊緣部511(具體為外邊緣部511的拐角部附近)設有卡片引導部515，卡片引導部515是當相對於卡片夾500以彎曲狀態被推抵的重寫卡RC的角部RCc接觸時將該角部RCc引導向一對爪部514之部件。In addition, a card guide portion 515 is provided at the outer edge portion 511 (specifically, near the corner portion of the outer edge portion 511). The card guide portion 515 is a component that guides the corner RCc toward a pair of claw portions 514 when the corner RCc of the rewrite card RC pushed in a bent state relative to the card holder 500 comes into contact.

具體地，如圖16中的16001所示，卡片引導部515設置成當頂視卡片夾500時外邊緣部511所形成之開口部的拐角部為大致曲線形狀(大致C形)。換言之，卡片引導部515在設置有爪部514的短邊側區域中，以從卡片夾500的內部朝向短邊側而上述開口部之在短邊延伸方向上的寬度變短該一方式，設置在卡片夾500的角部。進一步換言之，卡片引導部515在上述區域中，以重寫卡RC邊彎曲邊被安裝時朝向重寫卡RC延伸的方向使上述開口部之與該方向大致垂直方向的寬度變短該一方式，設置在卡片夾500的角部。在本實施方式中，卡片引導部515是從第一側壁511a朝向爪部514側(第二側壁511b側)延伸之側壁。Specifically, as shown in 16001 in FIG. 16 , the card guide 515 is arranged so that when the card holder 500 is viewed from the top, the corner of the opening formed by the outer edge 511 is substantially curved (substantially C-shaped). In other words, the card guide 515 is arranged at the corner of the card holder 500 in the short side region where the claw 514 is arranged so that the width of the above-mentioned opening in the direction in which the short side extends becomes shorter from the inside of the card holder 500 toward the short side. In other words, the card guide 515 is arranged at the corner of the card holder 500 in the above region so that the width of the above-mentioned opening in the direction substantially perpendicular to the direction in which the rewrite card RC extends becomes shorter when the rewrite card RC is installed with its side bent. In the present embodiment, the card guide portion 515 is a side wall extending from the first side wall 511 a toward the claw portion 514 side (the second side wall 511 b side).

換句話說，卡片引導部515是限定重寫卡RC被安裝的區域(亦即，外邊緣部511所形成之開口部)的、外邊緣部511的一部分。卡片引導部515以下述方式設置於上述開口部的角部，亦即，當頂視卡片夾500時，在上述開口部的端部處朝向上述重寫卡RC延伸之方向而使與該方向大致垂直方向的寬度變短該一方式。上述開口部的端部在本例中為上述短邊側的區域。In other words, the card guide 515 is a part of the outer edge 511 that defines the area where the rewrite card RC is installed (i.e., the opening formed by the outer edge 511). The card guide 515 is provided at the corner of the opening in such a manner that the width of the card guide 515 is shortened in a direction substantially perpendicular to the direction in which the rewrite card RC extends at the end of the opening when the card holder 500 is viewed from the top. The end of the opening in this example is the area on the short side.

在此，係設定為較之卡片安裝部513向長邊側偏移而安裝重寫卡RC。此時，重寫卡RC在從彎曲狀態恢復為原始狀態的同時被安裝，並與限定卡片引導部515之側壁接觸。與卡片引導部515接觸之重寫卡RC的角部RCc沿著側壁被從第一側壁511a側引導向第二側壁511b側。如上所述，重寫卡RC的角部RCc透過形成為曲線形狀，從而容易被卡片引導部515引導，其中該卡片引導部515將外邊緣部511所形成之開口部的端部限定為大致C形。其結果是，透過將重寫卡RC的端部插入爪部514和底部512之間，從而利用爪部514保持重寫卡RC。Here, the rewrite card RC is installed so as to be offset to the long side relative to the card installation portion 513. At this time, the rewrite card RC is installed while returning to the original state from the bent state, and contacts the side wall defining the card guide portion 515. The corner RCc of the rewrite card RC contacting the card guide portion 515 is guided from the first side wall 511a to the second side wall 511b along the side wall. As described above, the corner RCc of the rewrite card RC is formed into a curved shape, so that it is easy to be guided by the card guide portion 515, wherein the card guide portion 515 defines the end of the opening portion formed by the outer edge portion 511 as a roughly C-shape. As a result, by inserting the end of the rewrite card RC between the claw portion 514 and the bottom portion 512, the rewrite card RC is held by the claw portion 514.

如此，透過設置卡片引導部515，即使在向長邊側偏移(與上述變形方向不同的方向)而安裝重寫卡RC之情形下，也能夠使重寫卡RC向保持重寫卡RC之規定位置移動。因此，即使在安裝重寫卡RC時發生了錯位，也能夠利用爪部514保持重寫卡RC。Thus, by providing the card guide 515, even when the rewrite card RC is installed with a deviation to the long side (in a direction different from the above-mentioned deformation direction), the rewrite card RC can be moved to a predetermined position for holding the rewrite card RC. Therefore, even if the rewrite card RC is misaligned when it is installed, the claw 514 can hold the rewrite card RC.

此外，在底部512上設置有通氣孔516。如上所述，透過吸附將重寫卡RC從卡片夾500中拔除。在未設置通氣孔516之情形下，當吸引了重寫卡RC時，由於該吸引力，不僅重寫卡RC而且卡片夾500本身也可能經由重寫卡RC而被吸附。該情況下，無法拔除重寫卡RC。In addition, a vent hole 516 is provided on the bottom 512. As described above, the rewrite card RC is removed from the card holder 500 by suction. In the case where the vent hole 516 is not provided, when the rewrite card RC is sucked, not only the rewrite card RC but also the card holder 500 itself may be sucked through the rewrite card RC due to the suction force. In this case, the rewrite card RC cannot be removed.

在設有通氣孔516之情形下，當吸引了重寫卡RC時能夠使重寫卡RC與底部512之間不會成為真空狀態，因此能夠使吸引卡片夾500的力減小。因此，能夠高精度地拔除重寫卡RC。但是，在即使吸引力(吸附力)比較小時也能夠拔除重寫卡RC之情形下，並不一定必須要設置通氣孔516。When the vent hole 516 is provided, the space between the rewrite card RC and the bottom 512 will not be in a vacuum state when the rewrite card RC is attracted, so the force of attracting the card holder 500 can be reduced. Therefore, the rewrite card RC can be removed with high accuracy. However, in the case where the rewrite card RC can be removed even when the attraction force (adsorption force) is relatively small, the vent hole 516 is not necessarily required.

此外，如圖16中的16001~16003所示，在底部512的至少與爪部514相對之區域中設置有開口部517。In addition, as shown in 16001 to 16003 in FIG. 16 , an opening portion 517 is provided in at least a region of the bottom portion 512 that is opposite to the claw portion 514 .

重寫卡RC在彎曲的同時被拔除或被安裝。因此，在未設有開口部517之情形下，有可能重寫卡RC的端部在爪部514和底部512之間會被卡在爪部514或底部512上，從而有可能無法拔除或安裝重寫卡RC。The rewrite card RC is removed or installed while being bent. Therefore, if the opening portion 517 is not provided, the end of the rewrite card RC may be stuck on the claw portion 514 or the bottom portion 512 between the claw portion 514 and the bottom portion 512, thereby making it impossible to remove or install the rewrite card RC.

透過在上述區域中設置開口部517，能夠抑制重寫卡RC卡住之可能性。因此，能夠提高重寫卡RC的拔除或安裝精度。此外，由於能夠減小施加到重寫卡RC上的負荷，因此能夠抑制重寫卡RC變形等的發生。By providing the opening 517 in the above-mentioned area, the possibility of the rewrite card RC getting stuck can be suppressed. Therefore, the removal or installation accuracy of the rewrite card RC can be improved. In addition, since the load applied to the rewrite card RC can be reduced, the occurrence of deformation of the rewrite card RC can be suppressed.

此外，如圖16中的16003所示，底部512是平坦的。在底部512上設置有凹部(後述)的情況下，重寫卡RC容易拔除，但是重寫卡RC落下的可能性相應增大。在底部512為平坦時，能夠抑制重寫卡RC落下的可能性。然而，透過對凹部的大小、形狀、深度以及形成位置等進行研究，只要能夠降低落下的可能性，則亦可在底部512上設置凹部來代替開口部517。該情況下，能夠容易地進行重寫卡RC的拔除。In addition, as shown in 16003 in FIG. 16 , the bottom 512 is flat. When a recess (described later) is provided on the bottom 512, the rewrite card RC is easy to remove, but the possibility of the rewrite card RC falling increases accordingly. When the bottom 512 is flat, the possibility of the rewrite card RC falling can be suppressed. However, by studying the size, shape, depth and formation position of the recess, as long as the possibility of falling can be reduced, a recess may be provided on the bottom 512 instead of the opening 517. In this case, the rewrite card RC can be easily removed.

＜變形例＞接下來，對卡片夾500的變形例進行說明。圖17~圖19係顯示卡片夾500之變形例之圖。<Modifications> Next, a modification of the card holder 500 will be described. FIG. 17 to FIG. 19 are diagrams showing modifications ofthe card holder 500.

(卡片夾501及502)圖17中的17001係顯示卡片夾501之構成例之頂視圖。另外，圖17中的17002係顯示卡片夾502之構成例之頂視圖。卡片夾501與卡片夾500的不同點在於，底部521的形狀和卡片引導部515的形狀不同。此外，卡片夾502在底部512為平坦的這一點上與卡片夾501不同。(Card Holders501and502) 17001 in FIG. 17 is a top view showing a configuration example of the card holder 501. In addition, 17002 in FIG. 17 is a top view showing a configuration example of the card holder 502. The card holder 501 is different from the card holder 500 in that the shape of the bottom 521 and the shape of the card guide 515 are different. In addition, the card holder 502 is different from the card holder 501 in that the bottom 512 is flat.

具體而言，卡片夾501的底部521上設置有凹部522。凹部522設置成在設有爪部514的兩個短邊延伸之方向上延伸(在與上述變形方向大致垂直的方向上延伸)。凹部522設置在底部521的短邊側的端部區域中，且包括與爪部514相對之位置。換言之，卡片夾501在底部521之至少與爪部514相對的區域(端部區域)中比底部521的其他區域低。Specifically, the bottom 521 of the card holder 501 is provided with a recess 522. The recess 522 is provided to extend in the direction in which the two short sides provided with the claws 514 extend (extend in a direction substantially perpendicular to the above-mentioned deformation direction). The recess 522 is provided in the end region of the short side of the bottom 521 and includes a position opposite to the claws 514. In other words, the card holder 501 is lower than other regions of the bottom 521 in at least the region (end region) opposite to the claws 514 of the bottom 521.

如上所述，在上述端部區域中，重寫卡RC的端部在爪部514與底部521之間容易卡在爪部514或底部521上。在卡片夾501中，透過在上述端部區域中設置凹部522，與設置有開口部517時同樣地，能夠抑制該卡住的發生。As described above, in the end region, the end of the rewrite card RC is easily caught on the claw 514 or the bottom 521 between the claw 514 and the bottom 521. In the card holder 501, by providing the recess 522 in the end region, the occurrence of the jam can be suppressed in the same manner as when the opening 517 is provided.

另外，凹部522不必一定要設置在整個上述端部區域中。只要能夠抑制上述卡住的發生，凹部522例如亦可設置在與爪部514a〜514d分別相對之區域中。In addition, the recess 522 does not necessarily have to be arranged in the entire end region. As long as the occurrence of the above-mentioned jamming can be suppressed, the recess 522, for example, can also be arranged in the region respectively opposite to the claws 514a~514d.

但是，如上所述，從減少所保持的重寫卡RC落下之發生該一觀點出發，亦可為不設置凹部522之構造。如圖17中的17002所示，卡片夾502是在卡片夾501中未設置凹部522(底部512是平坦的)之情形之構成例。然而，在卡片夾502中，雖然能夠減少由於凹部522引起之上述落下的發生，但是當拔除或安裝重寫卡RC時，重寫卡RC的端部有可能被爪部514或底部512卡住。也考慮這一點的話，最好如卡片夾500那樣在平坦的底部512上設置開口部517，來代替凹部522。However, as described above, from the viewpoint of reducing the occurrence of the rewrite card RC held falling, a structure without the recess 522 may be used. As shown in 17002 in FIG. 17 , the card holder 502 is a structure example in which the recess 522 is not provided in the card holder 501 (the bottom 512 is flat). However, in the card holder 502, although the occurrence of the above-mentioned falling caused by the recess 522 can be reduced, when the rewrite card RC is removed or installed, the end of the rewrite card RC may be caught by the claw 514 or the bottom 512. Considering this point, it is better to provide an opening 517 on the flat bottom 512 instead of the recess 522 as in the card holder 500.

另外，卡片夾501及502的卡片引導部523從外邊緣部511的頂面部511c(外邊緣部511的一部分)朝向底部521之分別與爪部514a~514d相對的區域附近傾斜。卡片引導部523在長邊側的外邊緣部511之與爪部514連接的位置處從頂面部511c朝向上述端部區域傾斜。此外，卡片引導部523中的傾斜區域隨著朝向爪部514而變大。In addition, the card guide portion 523 of the card holder 501 and 502 is inclined from the top portion 511c (a part of the outer edge portion 511) of the outer edge portion 511 toward the vicinity of the area of the bottom 521 that is respectively opposite to the claw portions 514a to 514d. The card guide portion 523 is inclined from the top portion 511c toward the above-mentioned end area at the position where the outer edge portion 511 on the long side is connected to the claw portion 514. In addition, the inclined area in the card guide portion 523 becomes larger as it approaches the claw portion 514.

藉此，即使在重寫卡RC向長邊側偏移而之情形下，重寫卡RC的端部也在上述傾斜區域上一點點移動，並被插入至底部521或底部512之與爪部514相對的位置。因此，即使在重寫卡RC安裝時發生了錯位之情形下，也能夠利用爪部514保持重寫卡RC。Thus, even if the rewrite card RC is offset to the long side, the end of the rewrite card RC is slightly moved in the above-mentioned inclined area and inserted to the position of the bottom 521 or the bottom 512 opposite to the claw 514. Therefore, even if the rewrite card RC is misaligned when it is installed, the claw 514 can hold the rewrite card RC.

然而，由於重寫卡RC的經年劣化(角部RCc的變形或損壞)等重寫卡RC的狀態，有可能發生被卡片引導部523引導的重寫卡RC的端部插入爪部514中被爪部514卡住這一情況。在卡片引導部515之情形下，未如卡片引導部523那樣從頂面部511c朝向底部521或底部512傾斜。亦即，卡片引導部515由從底部521或底部512大致垂直地立起之側壁形成，並且將由外邊緣部511形成之開口部的端部限定為大致C形。因此，可以減少如上之卡住的發生。However, due to the state of the rewrite card RC such as the deterioration of the rewrite card RC over the years (deformation or damage of the corner RCc), the end of the rewrite card RC guided by the card guide 523 may be inserted into the claw 514 and stuck by the claw 514. In the case of the card guide 515, it is not inclined from the top portion 511c toward the bottom 521 or the bottom 512 like the card guide 523. That is, the card guide 515 is formed by the side wall that stands up roughly vertically from the bottom 521 or the bottom 512, and the end of the opening formed by the outer edge 511 is defined as a roughly C-shape. Therefore, the occurrence of the above-mentioned jam can be reduced.

(卡片夾503及504)圖18中的18001所示之卡片夾503與卡片夾500的不同點在於：卡片夾503包括在上述端部區域中設有凹部532之底部531和設置在整個短邊上之爪部533。在卡片夾500中，爪部514設置在短邊的一部分上(具體是在各短邊的兩個位置處)。即使為爪部533的形狀，也能夠與卡片夾501同樣地在保持重寫卡RC的同時將重寫卡RC邊彎曲邊進行拔除或安裝。(Card holders503and504) The card holder 503 shown in 18001 in FIG. 18 is different from the card holder 500 in that the card holder 503 includes a bottom 531 having a recess 532 in the end region and a claw 533 provided on the entire short side. In the card holder 500, the claw 514 is provided on a portion of the short side (specifically, at two locations on each short side). Even with the shape of the claw 533, the rewrite card RC can be removed or installed while being bent while holding the rewrite card RC, similarly to the card holder 501.

另外，在該構造中，如圖18中的18001及18002所示，與圖17的17001中所示之卡片夾501同樣地，在底部531中設有凹部532。另外，圖18的18002是由虛線包圍的部分沿長邊方向切斷時的卡片夾503之剖視圖。In this structure, as shown in 18001 and 18002 in Fig. 18, a recess 532 is provided in the bottom 531, similarly to the card holder 501 shown in 17001 in Fig. 17. In addition, 18002 in Fig. 18 is a cross-sectional view of the card holder 503 when the portion surrounded by the dotted line is cut along the longitudinal direction.

如圖18中的18002所示，在卡片夾503中，能夠將從爪部533至底部531(凹部532)的距離D1(深度)設置為長於無凹部532時(上述端部區域為平坦時)之、從爪部533至底部(以虛線所示的位置)的距離D2。因此，即使重寫卡RC在長邊方向上稍微偏移而被插入並保持，如上所述，也能夠抑制發生重寫卡RC的端部卡在爪部533或底部531上之情況。如此，在具有遍及整個短邊而設置的爪部533之卡片夾503中，也能夠提高重寫卡RC的拔除精度。As shown in 18002 in FIG. 18 , in the card holder 503, the distance D1 (depth) from the claw 533 to the bottom 531 (recess 532) can be set to be longer than the distance D2 from the claw 533 to the bottom (the position shown by the dotted line) when there is no recess 532 (when the above-mentioned end area is flat). Therefore, even if the rewrite card RC is inserted and retained with a slight offset in the long side direction, as described above, it is possible to suppress the end of the rewrite card RC from getting stuck on the claw 533 or the bottom 531. In this way, in the card holder 503 having the claw 533 provided over the entire short side, the removal accuracy of the rewrite card RC can also be improved.

圖19中的19001所示之卡片夾504在設有卡片引導部551這一點上與卡片夾503不同。與卡片引導部523同樣地，卡片引導部551從外邊緣部511的第一側壁511a(外邊緣部511的一部分)朝向底部531之與各爪部533相對的區域附近傾斜。具體地，如圖19中的19002所示，卡片引導部551從第一側壁511a朝向上述端部區域傾斜。透過設置卡片引導部551，與卡片引導部523同樣地，即使在重寫卡RC安裝時發生了錯位，也能夠利用爪部533保持重寫卡RC。The card holder 504 shown at 19001 in FIG. 19 is different from the card holder 503 in that a card guide portion 551 is provided. Similar to the card guide portion 523, the card guide portion 551 is inclined from the first side wall 511a (a part of the outer edge portion 511) of the outer edge portion 511 toward the vicinity of the area of the bottom 531 opposite to each claw portion 533. Specifically, as shown at 19002 in FIG. 19, the card guide portion 551 is inclined from the first side wall 511a toward the above-mentioned end area. By providing the card guide portion 551, similar to the card guide portion 523, even if the rewrite card RC is misaligned when it is installed, the claw portion 533 can be used to hold the rewrite card RC.

另外，在卡片夾504中，卡片引導部551僅設置在一對爪部533的各自的一端部側。亦即，卡片引導部551設置在一個第一側壁511a的端部附近的兩處位置上。不限於此，亦可在一對爪部533的各自的兩端部上(亦即，在兩個第一側壁511a的每一個上，在其端部附近的兩處位置上(總計四處位置))設置卡片引導部551。In addition, in the card holder 504, the card guide 551 is only provided on one end side of each of the pair of claws 533. That is, the card guide 551 is provided at two locations near the end of one first side wall 511a. Without being limited to this, the card guide 551 may be provided on both ends of each of the pair of claws 533 (that is, on each of the two first side walls 511a, at two locations near the end thereof (four locations in total)).

[實施方式二]以下對本公開的其他實施方式進行說明。另外，為了便於說明，對於與上述實施方式中說明的部件具有相同功能之部件，標以相同的符號並且將不重複其說明。在以下的實施方式中也相同。[Implementation Method 2] The following is an explanation of other implementation methods of the present disclosure. In addition, for the sake of convenience, components having the same functions as the components described in the above implementation methods are marked with the same symbols and their descriptions will not be repeated. The same is also true in the following implementation methods.

在第二實施方式中，對取代托盤600而使用托盤610作為用以輸送藥劑的托盤時之卡片裝卸裝置150之動作例進行說明。在說明該動作例之前，對托盤610和設置在托盤610上的卡片夾510進行說明。In the second embodiment, an operation example of the card loading andunloading device 150 when the tray 610 is used as a tray for transporting medicines instead of the tray 600 will be described. Before describing this operation example, the tray 610 and the card holder 510 provided on the tray 610 will be described.

[托盤和卡片夾]圖21係顯示托盤610之構成例之圖。圖22係顯示卡片夾510之構成例之圖。圖22的22001是卡片夾510之主視圖，圖22的22002是卡片夾510之立體圖。在圖22的22001中示出重寫卡RC被安裝在卡片夾510中之狀態。[Tray and Card Holder] Fig. 21 is a diagram showing a configuration example of a tray 610. Fig. 22 is a diagram showing a configuration example of a card holder 510. 22001 of Fig. 22 is a front view of the card holder 510, and 22002 of Fig. 22 is a three-dimensional view of the card holder 510. 22001 of Fig. 22 shows a state where the rewrite card RC is installed in the card holder 510.

與托盤600相同，托盤610是在藥劑配發系統1中將被從藥劑配發裝置30配發的藥劑等進行收納之部件。收納有藥劑等的托盤610透過托盤配發裝置50被配發至托盤保管櫃60。Similar to the tray 600, the tray 610 is a component for storing medicines and the like dispensed from the medicine dispensing device 30 in the medicine dispensing system 1. The tray 610 storing medicines and the like is dispensed to the tray storage cabinet 60 by thetray dispensing device 50.

在托盤610側面之與卡片裝卸裝置150相對的位置上，取代卡片夾500，而設置有能夠保持重寫卡RC之卡片夾510(卡片保持部、第一卡片保持部)。但是，托盤610的高度比托盤600的高度短。因此，在將如圖2所示那樣托盤600上所設置之卡片夾500(與托盤600的側面的高度大致相同)設置於托盤610的側面時，卡片夾500的一部分從托盤610的側面突出。在將托盤610彼此堆疊時，卡片夾500的突出部分彼此干擾，因此有可能無法堆疊托盤610。另外，卡片夾500的突出部分與構成藥劑配發系統1的各裝置等發生干擾，因此有可能阻礙托盤610在藥劑配發系統1中的輸送。因此，設置於托盤610之卡片夾510的高度在一定程度上受到限制。另外，卡片夾510的高度是卡片夾510的短邊的長度(與重寫卡RC的變形方向Dt大致垂直的方向上的長度)。A card holder 510 (card holding portion, first card holding portion) capable of holding a rewritable card RC is provided on the side of the tray 610 in place of the card holder 500. However, the height of the tray 610 is shorter than the height of the tray 600. Therefore, when the card holder 500 (which has a height substantially the same as that of the side of the tray 600) provided on the tray 600 as shown in FIG. 2 is provided on the side of the tray 610, a portion of the card holder 500 protrudes from the side of the tray 610. When the trays 610 are stacked on each other, the protruding portions of the card holders 500 interfere with each other, and thus the trays 610 may not be stacked. In addition, the protruding portion of the card holder 500 interferes with the various devices constituting the medicine dispensing system 1, and thus may hinder the conveyance of the tray 610 in the medicine dispensing system 1. Therefore, the height of the card holder 510 set on the tray 610 is limited to a certain extent. In addition, the height of the card holder 510 is the length of the short side of the card holder 510 (the length in the direction substantially perpendicular to the deformation direction Dt of the rewrite card RC).

另外，卡片夾510的短邊的長度可根據托盤610的高度，而規定為相對於重寫卡RC的短邊的長度具有富餘。因此，如圖16所示，即使將卡片引導部515設置在由外邊緣部511形成之開口部的角部(短邊的兩端部)上，透過卡片引導部515，發生如上那樣的干擾的可能性也低。另一方面，由於卡片夾510的高度受到一定程度的限制，因此在設置有卡片引導部515時，有可能會發生上述那樣的干擾。In addition, the length of the short side of the card holder 510 can be determined to have a margin relative to the length of the short side of the rewritable card RC according to the height of the tray 610. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 16, even if the card guide 515 is provided at the corners (the two ends of the short side) of the opening formed by the outer edge 511, the possibility of the above-mentioned interference occurring through the card guide 515 is low. On the other hand, since the height of the card holder 510 is limited to a certain extent, when the card guide 515 is provided, the above-mentioned interference may occur.

因此，如圖22中的22001所示，卡片夾510上未設置有卡片引導部515，並且卡片夾510的短邊的長度被規定為與重寫卡RC的短邊的長度大致相同。藉此，能夠減小卡片夾510從托盤610的上部突出的量，從而能夠降低發生上述那樣的干擾的可能性。Therefore, as shown in 22001 in Fig. 22, the card holder 510 is not provided with a card guide 515, and the length of the short side of the card holder 510 is set to be substantially the same as the length of the short side of the rewrite card RC. Thereby, the amount of the card holder 510 protruding from the upper part of the tray 610 can be reduced, thereby reducing the possibility of the above-mentioned interference.

此外，如圖21所示，卡片夾510可以以從托盤610的底部朝向上部而遠離托盤610的側面之方式，相對於托盤610的側面傾斜地設置。該情況下，能夠使頂視設有卡片夾510的側面時之、卡片夾510的短邊的長度(卡片夾510的外觀上的高度Ht)短於卡片夾510的短邊的實際長度。藉此，能夠進一步減小上述突出量。此外，能夠使卡片裝卸裝置150之卡片吸附部151和引導部152、153相對於卡片夾510大致平行地抵接。因此，能夠利用引導部152、153和卡片夾510更穩定地保持解除了卡片吸附部151的吸引之後的重寫卡RC。In addition, as shown in FIG. 21 , the card holder 510 can be arranged obliquely relative to the side of the tray 610 in a manner that it extends upward from the bottom of the tray 610 and away from the side of the tray 610. In this case, the length of the short side of the card holder 510 (the apparent height Ht of the card holder 510) when the side on which the card holder 510 is arranged can be made shorter than the actual length of the short side of the card holder 510 when viewed from the top. Thereby, the above-mentioned protrusion amount can be further reduced. In addition, the card adsorption portion 151 and the guide portions 152 and 153 of the card loading andunloading device 150 can be made to abut against the card holder 510 in a substantially parallel manner. Therefore, the rewritable card RC after the attraction of the card adsorption portion 151 is released can be more stably held by the guide portions 152 and 153 and the card holder 510.

但是，在無法設置卡片引導部515之情形下，當重寫卡RC相對於卡片夾510在短邊方向上偏移而抵接時，有可能無法校正該偏移。在無法校正偏移之情形下，有可能無法將重寫卡RC插入到形成於卡片夾510的底部562與一對爪部564之間的間隙中(亦即，無法將重寫卡RC安裝至卡片夾510)。因此，為了降低發生偏移的可能性，取代不設置卡片引導部515，而使卡片夾510具有能夠實現透過本實施方式卡片裝卸裝置150進行之重寫卡RC的安裝方法之結構。以下，對卡片夾510的構成以及透過卡片裝卸裝置150進行之重寫卡RC的安裝方法(卡片裝卸裝置150的動作例)進行說明。However, in the case where the card guide portion 515 cannot be provided, when the rewrite card RC is offset in the short side direction relative to the card holder 510 and abuts against it, it may be impossible to correct the offset. In the case where the offset cannot be corrected, it may be impossible to insert the rewrite card RC into the gap formed between the bottom 562 of the card holder 510 and the pair of claws 564 (that is, the rewrite card RC cannot be installed in the card holder 510). Therefore, in order to reduce the possibility of offset, instead of not providing the card guide portion 515, the card holder 510 has a structure that can realize the installation method of the rewrite card RC through the card loading andunloading device 150 of this embodiment. The following describes the structure of the card holder 510 and the installation method of the rewrite card RC through the card loading and unloading device 150 (an example of the operation of the card loading and unloading device 150).

如圖22中的22002所示，與卡片夾500同樣地，卡片夾510具備外邊緣部561和底部562。與卡片夾500同樣地，外邊緣部561的側壁限定了安裝重寫卡RC的區域。由外邊緣部561和底部562限定的空間作為卡片安裝部563發揮作用，並且卡片安裝部563限定上述區域。As shown in 22002 in FIG. 22 , the card holder 510 has an outer edge portion 561 and a bottom portion 562, similarly to the card holder 500. Similar to the card holder 500, the side wall of the outer edge portion 561 defines an area for installing the rewrite card RC. The space defined by the outer edge portion 561 and the bottom portion 562 functions as a card installation portion 563, and the card installation portion 563 defines the above-mentioned area.

在此，在本實施方式中，卡片裝卸裝置150使重寫卡RC在從卡片安裝部563(安裝重寫卡RC的區域)向圖23所示之+z軸方向偏移了的位置上與卡片夾510抵接。亦可將頂視卡片夾510時之上述重寫卡RC被安裝的區域(位置)稱為第一位置，將從第一位置偏移的位置稱為第二位置。第二位置只要是重寫卡RC的一部分能夠與卡片夾510抵接之位置即可。Here, in the present embodiment, the card loading andunloading device 150 makes the rewrite card RC contact the card holder 510 at a position offset from the card mounting portion 563 (the area where the rewrite card RC is mounted) in the +z axis direction shown in FIG. 23. The area (position) where the rewrite card RC is mounted when the card holder 510 is viewed from the top may be referred to as the first position, and the position offset from the first position may be referred to as the second position. The second position may be any position as long as a part of the rewrite card RC can contact the card holder 510.

具體而言，卡片裝卸裝置150使彎曲狀態的重寫卡RC在第二位置處從卡片夾510的正面側與卡片夾510抵接之後，推入向卡片夾510側。藉此，在第二位置處，重寫卡RC恢復為原始狀態。然後，卡片裝卸裝置150透過使重寫卡RC從第二位置向第一位置移動，從而將重寫卡RC安裝在卡片夾510上。Specifically, the card loading andunloading device 150 makes the bent rewrite card RC contact the card holder 510 from the front side of the card holder 510 at the second position, and then pushes it toward the side of the card holder 510. In this way, the rewrite card RC is restored to its original state at the second position. Then, the card loading andunloading device 150 installs the rewrite card RC on the card holder 510 by moving the rewrite card RC from the second position to the first position.

換言之，重寫卡RC透過在第二位置處從卡片夾510的正面側與卡片夾510抵接之後移動到第一位置，從而被安裝於卡片夾510。In other words, the rewrite card RC is installed in the card holder 510 by abutting against the card holder 510 from the front side of the card holder 510 at the second position and then moving to the first position.

考慮如此將重寫卡RC安裝於卡片夾510上，在外邊緣部561的上部壁561t中形成有切口部566。上部壁561t是重寫卡RC與卡片夾510抵接的一側的側壁。切口部566沿著上述變形方向Dt形成在上部壁561t的兩側(短邊側)。Considering that the rewrite card RC is mounted on the card holder 510 in this way, a cutout portion 566 is formed in the upper wall 561t of the outer edge portion 561. The upper wall 561t is a side wall on which the rewrite card RC abuts against the card holder 510. The cutout portion 566 is formed on both sides (short sides) of the upper wall 561t along the above-mentioned deformation direction Dt.

透過在該兩側的位置處形成切口部566，能夠使彎曲狀態的重寫卡RC的端部與底部562抵接。然後，重寫卡RC被推入，並且該端部沿著上述變形方向Dt在底部562上移動，藉此能夠使該端部插入到形成於底部562與爪部564之間的間隙中。因此，能夠可靠地將重寫卡RC安裝到卡片夾510上。By forming the cutouts 566 at the positions on both sides, the end of the rewrite card RC in a bent state can be brought into contact with the bottom 562. Then, the rewrite card RC is pushed in, and the end moves on the bottom 562 along the deformation direction Dt, thereby being inserted into the gap formed between the bottom 562 and the claw 564. Therefore, the rewrite card RC can be reliably mounted on the card holder 510.

此外，能夠減小重寫卡RC從第二位置向第一位置移動時之上部壁561t干擾的區域。因此，能夠順利地將重寫卡RC引導至第一位置。In addition, the area interfered by the upper wall 561t when the rewrite card RC moves from the second position to the first position can be reduced. Therefore, the rewrite card RC can be smoothly guided to the first position.

另外，在本實施方式中，在外邊緣部561的下部壁561b上也形成有切口部567。切口部567沿著上述變形方向Dt形成在下部壁561b的兩側。形成於上部壁561t及下部壁561b的一端側之切口部566及567、和形成於上部壁561t及下部壁561b的另一端側之切口部566及567均處於沿著垂直於上述變形方向Dt的方向之直線上的區域中。該區域是當重寫卡RC從第二位置向第一位置移動時引導部152和153分別將重寫卡RC壓向卡片夾510的同時進行移動之區域。因此，透過在上述一端側和另一端側上設置切口部566及567，能夠降低當引導部152和153移動時與上部壁561t和下部壁561b發生干擾之可能性。In addition, in the present embodiment, a cutout portion 567 is also formed on the lower wall 561b of the outer edge portion 561. The cutout portion 567 is formed on both sides of the lower wall 561b along the above-mentioned deformation direction Dt. The cutout portions 566 and 567 formed on one end side of the upper wall 561t and the lower wall 561b, and the cutout portions 566 and 567 formed on the other end side of the upper wall 561t and the lower wall 561b are both located in an area on a straight line along a direction perpendicular to the above-mentioned deformation direction Dt. This area is an area where the guide portions 152 and 153 respectively press the rewrite card RC against the card holder 510 and move when the rewrite card RC moves from the second position to the first position. Therefore, by providing the cutout portions 566 and 567 on the above-mentioned one end side and the other end side, the possibility of interference with the upper wall 561t and the lower wall 561b when the guide portions 152 and 153 move can be reduced.

此外，下部壁561b作為支撐重寫卡RC之卡片支撐部發揮作用。因此，不僅可以透過後述的卡片支撐部565來支撐重寫卡RC，而且還可以透過下部壁561b來支撐重寫卡RC。因此，卡片夾510能夠穩定地保持重寫卡RC。In addition, the lower wall 561b functions as a card support portion for supporting the rewrite card RC. Therefore, the rewrite card RC can be supported not only by the card support portion 565 described later, but also by the lower wall 561b. Therefore, the card holder 510 can stably hold the rewrite card RC.

另外，雖然上部壁561t中形成有切口部566，但是亦可去除整個上部壁561t。In addition, although the cutout portion 566 is formed in the upper wall 561t, the entire upper wall 561t may be removed.

卡片夾510具備一對爪部564。與卡片夾500同樣地，一對爪部564以沿著上述變形方向Dt突出之方式設置在卡片夾510上。但是，與卡片夾500之情形不同，一對爪部564沿著卡片夾510(外邊緣部561)的各短邊延伸。各短邊是形成上述區域(卡片安裝部563)之四個邊中的兩個邊。The card holder 510 has a pair of claws 564. Similar to the card holder 500, the pair of claws 564 are provided on the card holder 510 in a manner of protruding along the above-mentioned deformation direction Dt. However, unlike the case of the card holder 500, the pair of claws 564 extend along the short sides of the card holder 510 (outer edge portion 561). The short sides are two of the four sides forming the above-mentioned area (card mounting portion 563).

在一對爪部564各自的、與重寫卡RC抵接卡片夾510的一側相反側之端部(第一端部)上，設置有用以支撐被安裝在卡片夾510上的重寫卡RC之卡片支撐部565。藉此，從第二位置移動到第一位置的重寫卡RC被卡片支撐部565所支撐。因此，能夠降低重寫卡RC移動超過第一位置之可能性。在本實施方式中，卡片支撐部565設置在下部壁561b的兩端。因此，能夠降低落下至卡片夾510下方(圖23所示的－z軸方向)之可能性。A card support portion 565 for supporting the rewrite card RC mounted on the card holder 510 is provided at each end (first end) of a pair of claws 564 on the opposite side of the side where the rewrite card RC abuts against the card holder 510. Thereby, the rewrite card RC moving from the second position to the first position is supported by the card support portion 565. Therefore, the possibility of the rewrite card RC moving beyond the first position can be reduced. In the present embodiment, the card support portion 565 is provided at both ends of the lower wall 561b. Therefore, the possibility of falling below the card holder 510 (in the -z axis direction shown in FIG. 23) can be reduced.

此外，一對爪部564各自的、重寫卡RC與卡片夾510抵接側之端部(第二端部)上亦可形成有切口部564a。透過設置切口部564a，能夠降低使重寫卡RC從卡片夾510的正面移動到第二位置時重寫卡RC與爪部564發生干擾之可能性。In addition, a notch 564a may be formed on each end (second end) of the pair of claws 564 on the side where the rewrite card RC contacts the card holder 510. By providing the notch 564a, the possibility of interference between the rewrite card RC and the claws 564 when the rewrite card RC is moved from the front of the card holder 510 to the second position can be reduced.

切口部564a之爪部564延伸方向上的長度越長，越能夠使第二位置接近第一位置。亦即，能夠在靠近第一位置的位置處使重寫卡RC與卡片夾510抵接。因此，能夠減小引導部152、153在圖23所示之z軸方向上的移動量。但是，由於切口部564a的上述長度越長，爪部564之該方向上的長度越發變短，因此爪部564對重寫卡RC的保持可能變得不穩定。考慮到這一點而對切口部564a的上述長度進行限定。切口部564a並不一定必須要形成。The longer the length of the claw portion 564 of the cutout portion 564a in the extending direction, the closer the second position can be to the first position. That is, the rewrite card RC can be brought into contact with the card holder 510 at a position close to the first position. Therefore, the movement amount of the guide portions 152, 153 in the z-axis direction shown in FIG. 23 can be reduced. However, since the longer the above-mentioned length of the cutout portion 564a, the shorter the length of the claw portion 564 in this direction becomes, the claw portion 564 may become unstable in holding the rewrite card RC. The above-mentioned length of the cutout portion 564a is limited in consideration of this point. The cutout portion 564a does not necessarily have to be formed.

[卡片裝卸裝置之動作例]圖23中的23001~23004係顯示將重寫卡RC安裝於卡片夾510時之動作例之圖。[Action example of the card loading and unloading device] 23001~23004 in Figure 23 are diagrams showing an action example when the rewritable card RC is installed in the card holder 510.

在本實施方式之卡片裝卸裝置150中，如上所述，Z軸電動機173(參照圖5)使被卡片吸附部151吸附並被引導部152、153等(彎曲機構)彎曲之重寫卡RC在上述第二位置處與卡片夾510抵接。然後，θ軸電動機174(參照圖5)作為使重寫卡RC從上述第二位置向上述第一位置移動之卡片移動部發揮作用。In the card loading andunloading device 150 of the present embodiment, as described above, the Z-axis motor 173 (see FIG. 5 ) causes the rewrite card RC, which is adsorbed by the card adsorption portion 151 and bent by the guide portions 152, 153, etc. (bending mechanism), to abut against the card holder 510 at the second position. Then, the θ-axis motor 174 (see FIG. 5 ) functions as a card moving portion that moves the rewrite card RC from the second position to the first position.

作為圖23所示之動作例的前提，卡片吸附部151透過吸附呈被引導部152、153等(彎曲機構)彎曲之狀態之重寫卡RC，而將其加以保持。另外，在卡片裝卸裝置150從卡片載置部210拔除了重寫卡RC之後，透過由θ軸電動機174進行之旋轉，變為卡片吸附部151以及引導部152、153與卡片夾510相對之狀態。As a premise of the operation example shown in FIG. 23, the card adsorption unit 151 adsorbs and holds the rewrite card RC in a state bent by the guide units 152, 153, etc. (bending mechanism). In addition, after the card loading andunloading device 150 removes the rewrite card RC from the card loading unit 210, the θ-axis motor 174 rotates the card adsorption unit 151 and the guide units 152, 153 to the card holder 510.

在該狀態下，θ軸電動機174使卡片吸附部151以及引導部152、153旋轉規定角度，以使卡片吸附部151以及引導部152、153向圖23的23001中所示之箭頭方向(上方)移動。In this state, the θ-axis motor 174 rotates the card adsorption portion 151 and the guide portions 152 and 153 by a predetermined angle to move the card adsorption portion 151 and the guide portions 152 and 153 in the direction of the arrow (upward) shown in 23001 of FIG. 23 .

如上所述，卡片夾510設置成相對於托盤610的側面傾斜。透過該旋轉，能夠使卡片吸附部151以及引導部152、153以與相對於托盤610的側面傾斜地設置之卡片夾510大致平行之方式移動。另外，能夠以在第二位置Po12(相對於卡片夾510向其上方偏移的位置)處重寫卡RC與卡片夾510的一部分抵接之方式，使卡片吸附部151以及引導部152、153移動。上述規定角度只要是能夠實現如上之卡片吸附部151以及引導部152、153的移動該一程度的大小即可。As described above, the card holder 510 is arranged to be inclined relative to the side of the tray 610. Through this rotation, the card adsorption portion 151 and the guide portions 152 and 153 can be moved in a manner substantially parallel to the card holder 510 arranged to be inclined relative to the side of the tray 610. In addition, the card adsorption portion 151 and the guide portions 152 and 153 can be moved in a manner such that the rewrite card RC abuts against a portion of the card holder 510 at the second position Po12 (a position offset upward relative to the card holder 510). The above-mentioned specified angle only needs to be a size that can achieve the above-mentioned movement of the card adsorption portion 151 and the guide portions 152 and 153.

然後，如圖23中的23002所示，Z軸電動機173透過使支撐部161沿上述第一方向移動，從而使卡片吸附部151以及引導部152、153向卡片夾510移動。藉此，Z軸電動機173使重寫卡RC在設置有切口部566側的第二位置Po12處與卡片夾510抵接。亦即，Z軸電動機173在重寫卡RC的一部分從卡片夾510突出之狀態下使重寫卡RC與卡片夾510抵接。Then, as shown in 23002 in FIG. 23 , the Z-axis motor 173 moves the support portion 161 in the first direction, thereby moving the card adsorption portion 151 and the guide portions 152 and 153 toward the card holder 510. Thus, the Z-axis motor 173 brings the rewrite card RC into contact with the card holder 510 at the second position Po12 on the side where the cutout portion 566 is provided. That is, the Z-axis motor 173 brings the rewrite card RC into contact with the card holder 510 in a state where a portion of the rewrite card RC protrudes from the card holder 510.

然後，電磁閥控制部430使電磁閥172斷開(OFF)，藉此重寫卡RC被從卡片吸附部151釋放。在該狀態下，如圖23中的23003所示，Z軸電動機173透過使支撐部161沿上述第一方向移動，從而使卡片吸附部151以及引導部152、153進一步向卡片夾510移動。透過將重寫卡RC推入卡片夾510中，彎曲的重寫卡RC恢復為原始狀態，重寫卡RC的一部分被插入到形成於底部562與爪部564之間的間隙中。Then, the solenoidvalve control unit 430 turns off the solenoid valve 172, thereby releasing the rewrite card RC from the card adsorption unit 151. In this state, as shown in 23003 in FIG. 23, the Z-axis motor 173 moves the support unit 161 in the first direction, thereby moving the card adsorption unit 151 and the guide units 152 and 153 further toward the card holder 510. By pushing the rewrite card RC into the card holder 510, the bent rewrite card RC returns to its original state, and a portion of the rewrite card RC is inserted into the gap formed between the bottom 562 and the claw 564.

然後，如圖23中的23004所示，Z軸電動機173使支撐部161向上述第二方向移動，以在保持著引導部152、153與重寫卡RC抵接之狀態將卡片吸附部151拉入卡片裝卸裝置150的內部。在該狀態下，θ軸電動機174使卡片吸附部151以及引導部152、153旋轉規定角度，以使卡片吸附部151以及引導部152、153向圖23的23004中所示之箭頭方向(下方)移動。亦即，θ軸電動機174使卡片吸附部151以及引導部152、153向與在圖23的23001中移動的方向相反之方向移動。藉此，卡片吸附部151以及引導部152、153移動到朝向水平方向(y軸方向)之位置。Then, as shown in 23004 in FIG. 23 , the Z-axis motor 173 moves the support portion 161 in the second direction to pull the card adsorption portion 151 into the card loading andunloading device 150 while the guide portions 152 and 153 are in contact with the rewritable card RC. In this state, the θ-axis motor 174 rotates the card adsorption portion 151 and the guide portions 152 and 153 by a predetermined angle to move the card adsorption portion 151 and the guide portions 152 and 153 in the arrow direction (downward) shown in 23004 in FIG. 23 . That is, the θ-axis motor 174 moves the card adsorption portion 151 and the guide portions 152 and 153 in the direction opposite to the direction of movement in 23001 in FIG. 23 . Thereby, the card adsorption portion 151 and the guide portions 152 and 153 move to positions facing the horizontal direction (y-axis direction).

在圖23的23004之狀態下，引導部152、153與重寫卡RC抵接。透過使卡片吸附部151以及引導部152、153向下方移動，引導部152、153藉由摩擦力使抵接的重寫卡RC向第一位置Po11的方向移動。因此，如圖23中的23005所示，能夠將重寫卡RC安裝在第一位置Po11(卡片安裝部563、亦即正常的安裝位置)處。上述規定角度亦可說是被規定為能夠使重寫卡RC從第二位置Po12移動到第一位置Po11之角度。In the state 23004 of FIG. 23 , the guides 152 and 153 are in contact with the rewrite card RC. By moving the card adsorption portion 151 and the guides 152 and 153 downward, the guides 152 and 153 move the in contact rewrite card RC toward the first position Po11 by friction. Therefore, as shown in 23005 of FIG. 23 , the rewrite card RC can be installed at the first position Po11 (card installation portion 563, i.e., the normal installation position). The above-mentioned specified angle can also be said to be specified as an angle that can move the rewrite card RC from the second position Po12 to the first position Po11.

如此，Z軸電動機173和θ軸電動機174使卡片吸附部151以及引導部152、153移動，藉此能夠相對於卡片夾510安裝重寫卡RC。因此，卡片裝卸裝置150不僅能夠相對於卡片夾500安裝重寫卡RC，也能夠相對於卡片夾510安裝重寫卡RC。亦即，卡片裝卸裝置150僅透過變更其動作，便能夠通用於重寫卡RC相對於卡片夾500和卡片夾510之安裝中。In this way, the Z-axis motor 173 and the θ-axis motor 174 move the card adsorption portion 151 and the guide portions 152 and 153, thereby enabling the rewrite card RC to be installed relative to the card holder 510. Therefore, the card loading andunloading device 150 can not only install the rewrite card RC relative to the card holder 500, but also install the rewrite card RC relative to the card holder 510. That is, the card loading andunloading device 150 can be used in the installation of the rewrite card RC relative to the card holder 500 and the card holder 510 only by changing its action.

另外，重寫卡RC從卡片夾510中的拔除，既可以以與圖23所示的動作順序相反之順序進行，也可以與實施方式一同樣地進行。另外，重寫卡RC相對於卡片載置部210的安裝和拔除亦可與實施方式一相同。然而，在卡片載置部210為與卡片夾510相同的形狀時，重寫卡RC相對於卡片載置部210的安裝和拔除亦可按照圖23的動作順序或其相反的順序進行。In addition, the removal of the rewrite card RC from the card holder 510 can be performed in the reverse order of the action sequence shown in FIG. 23 or in the same manner as in the embodiment. In addition, the installation and removal of the rewrite card RC relative to the card loading section 210 can also be the same as in the embodiment 1. However, when the card loading section 210 is the same shape as the card holder 510, the installation and removal of the rewrite card RC relative to the card loading section 210 can also be performed in the reverse order of the action sequence shown in FIG. 23 or in the reverse order.

此外，上述卡片移動部亦可由與Z軸電動機173不同之部件實現。亦即，為了實現重寫卡RC在第一位置Po11和第二位置Po12之間的移動，亦可設置有使卡片吸附部151以及引導部152、153移動之機構(例如：昇降機構)來作為上述卡片移動部。In addition, the card moving part may be realized by a component different from the Z-axis motor 173. That is, in order to realize the movement of the rewrite card RC between the first position Po11 and the second position Po12, a mechanism (e.g., a lifting mechanism) for moving the card adsorption part 151 and the guide parts 152 and 153 may be provided as the card moving part.

[實施方式三]在實施方式三之藥劑配發系統1A中，可使用托盤610或620代替托盤600作為用以輸送藥劑之托盤。此外，在藥劑配發系統1A中，可使用卡片夾510A代替卡片夾510。首先，對托盤610和620的一例以及保持卡片夾510A並安裝在托盤610或620上的支架保持部件700之一例進行說明。[Implementation method 3] In the medicine dispensing system 1A of implementation method 3, a tray 610 or 620 can be used as a tray for conveying medicines instead of the tray 600. In addition, in the medicine dispensing system 1A, a card holder 510A can be used instead of the card holder 510. First, an example of the trays 610 and 620 and an example of the holder holding component 700 holding the card holder 510A and mounted on the tray 610 or 620 are described.

[托盤]圖24係顯示托盤610和620之構成例之立體圖。圖24的24001顯示托盤610的構成例，24002顯示托盤620的構成例。[Tray] Fig. 24 is a perspective view showing a configuration example of trays 610 and 620. 24001 of Fig. 24 shows a configuration example of tray 610, and 24002 shows a configuration example of tray 620.

如圖24中的24001所示，托盤610包括邊緣部611、第一突出部612以及第二突出部613。托盤610是與圖21所示之托盤610相同的部件。As shown in 24001 in Fig. 24 , the tray 610 includes an edge portion 611, a first protrusion 612, and a second protrusion 613. The tray 610 is the same component as the tray 610 shown in Fig. 21 .

邊緣部611是限定托盤610的開口部之邊緣部中的短邊部分，並且是保持支架保持部件700之部分。邊緣部611在豎直方向上具有厚度。將邊緣部611的長邊方向上的長度記載為L1。The edge portion 611 is a short side portion of the edge portion defining the opening of the tray 610 and is a portion that holds the rack holding member 700. The edge portion 611 has a thickness in the vertical direction. The length of the edge portion 611 in the long side direction is represented as L1.

第一突出部612和第二突出部613從邊緣部611向豎直方向突出，並且是限制支架保持部件700的長邊方向上的移動之部分。第一突出部612和第二突出部613是分別連接於邊緣部611的兩端之部分，並且限定托盤610的拐角部。The first protrusion 612 and the second protrusion 613 protrude vertically from the edge 611 and are portions that restrict the movement of the bracket holding member 700 in the longitudinal direction. The first protrusion 612 and the second protrusion 613 are portions connected to both ends of the edge 611, respectively, and define the corners of the tray 610.

如圖24中的24002所示，托盤620包括邊緣部621、第三突出部622以及第四突出部623。托盤620的高度比托盤610的高度高。在本實施方式中，將托盤620的高度規定為托盤610的高度的大約兩倍。透過將托盤620的高度規定為托盤610的高度的整數倍，能夠將托盤620保管於後述的保管托盤610用的托盤保管櫃60A(參照圖28)中。As shown in 24002 in FIG. 24 , the tray 620 includes an edge portion 621, a third protrusion 622, and a fourth protrusion 623. The height of the tray 620 is higher than the height of the tray 610. In the present embodiment, the height of the tray 620 is set to be approximately twice the height of the tray 610. By setting the height of the tray 620 to be an integer multiple of the height of the tray 610, the tray 620 can be stored in a tray storage cabinet 60A (see FIG. 28 ) for storing the tray 610 described later.

邊緣部621是限定托盤610的開口部之邊緣部中的短邊部分，並且是保持支架保持部件700之部分。邊緣部621在豎直方向上具有厚度。邊緣部611和邊緣部621的厚度大致相同。將邊緣部621的長邊方向上的長度記載為L2。長度L2比長度L1短。The edge portion 621 is a short side portion of the edge portion defining the opening portion of the tray 610 and is a portion that holds the bracket holding member 700. The edge portion 621 has a thickness in the vertical direction. The thickness of the edge portion 611 and the edge portion 621 are substantially the same. The length of the edge portion 621 in the long side direction is recorded as L2. The length L2 is shorter than the length L1.

第三突出部622和第四突出部623從邊緣部621向豎直方向突出，並且是限制支架保持部件700的長邊方向上的移動之部分。第三突出部622和第四突出部623分別是連接於邊緣部621的兩端之部分，並且限定了托盤620的拐角部。The third protrusion 622 and the fourth protrusion 623 protrude vertically from the edge 621 and are portions that restrict the movement of the bracket holding member 700 in the longitudinal direction. The third protrusion 622 and the fourth protrusion 623 are portions connected to both ends of the edge 621 and define the corners of the tray 620.

[支架保持部件]圖25係顯示將支架保持部件700安裝在托盤610上之狀態之圖。圖25中的25001是將支架保持部件700安裝在托盤610上之狀態之主視圖。圖25中的25002是將支架保持部件700安裝在托盤610上之狀態之頂視圖。[Stand holding member] Fig. 25 is a diagram showing a state where the stand holding member 700 is mounted on the tray 610. 25001 in Fig. 25 is a front view of a state where the stand holding member 700 is mounted on the tray 610. 25002 in Fig. 25 is a top view of a state where the stand holding member 700 is mounted on the tray 610.

支架保持部件700是保持卡片夾510A之部件。在托盤610或620被輸送到卡片資訊變更單元100(參照圖27)時，支架保持部件700將卡片夾510A保持在與卡片資訊變更單元100之卡片裝卸裝置150(參照圖27)相對的位置處。換言之，支架保持部件700將卡片夾510A保持在下述位置：亦即，能夠將安裝於卡片夾510A的重寫卡RC取出並且將取出的重寫卡RC安裝於卡片夾510A之位置。The holder holding member 700 is a member for holding the card holder 510A. When the tray 610 or 620 is transported to the card information changing unit 100 (refer to FIG. 27 ), the holder holding member 700 holds the card holder 510A at a position opposite to the card loading and unloading device 150 (refer to FIG. 27 ) of the cardinformation changing unit 100. In other words, the holder holding member 700 holds the card holder 510A at a position where the rewrite card RC installed in the card holder 510A can be removed and the removed rewrite card RC can be installed in the card holder 510A.

在支架保持部件700被安裝於托盤610或620時，與實施方式二之卡片夾510同樣地，相對於托盤610或620設置卡片夾510A。亦即，卡片夾510A被支架保持部件700保持成：以從托盤610的底部朝向上部而從托盤610的側面遠離之方式相對於托盤610的側面傾斜。When the holder holding member 700 is mounted on the tray 610 or 620, the card holder 510A is arranged relative to the tray 610 or 620, similarly to the card holder 510 of the second embodiment. That is, the card holder 510A is held by the holder holding member 700 so as to be inclined relative to the side of the tray 610 from the bottom of the tray 610 toward the top and away from the side of the tray 610.

另外，卡片夾510A除了具備後述的突起部571之外，其他構成(例如：大小和形狀)與卡片夾510相同。此外，在本實施方式中，說明了支架保持部件700和卡片夾510A為獨立部件之情況，但它們亦可一體地成形。In addition, the card holder 510A has the same configuration (e.g., size and shape) as the card holder 510 except for the protrusion 571 described later. In addition, in the present embodiment, the stand holding member 700 and the card holder 510A are described as independent components, but they may be integrally formed.

支架保持部件700包括：保持卡片夾510A之基部701，以及設置於基部701一端之突起702。The bracket holding component 700 includes: a base 701 for holding the card holder 510A, and a protrusion 702 provided at one end of the base 701.

基部701包括頂面部703、底面部705、以及側面部704，其中，側面部704與頂面部703和底面部705連接並保持卡片夾510A。藉由頂面部703、側面部704及底面部705，基部701的截面形狀被限定為C字形截面，該C字形截面形成沿圖25的25001的紙面進深方向開口之開口部。該截面是以包括頂面部703、側面部704及底面部705的各垂直線之平面切斷時的截面。另外，基部701的開口部的高度與邊緣部611、621的厚度大致相同。藉此，能夠使邊緣部611、621與基部701嵌合，並且能夠降低基部701在豎直方向上移動之可能性。因此，能夠降低卡片夾510A在豎直方向上移動之可能性。The base 701 includes a top portion 703, a bottom portion 705, and a side portion 704, wherein the side portion 704 is connected to the top portion 703 and the bottom portion 705 and holds the card holder 510A. The cross-sectional shape of the base 701 is defined as a C-shaped cross-sectional shape by the top portion 703, the side portion 704, and the bottom portion 705, and the C-shaped cross-sectional shape forms an opening portion that opens in the paper depth direction of 25001 in FIG. 25. The cross-sectional shape is a cross-sectional shape when the plane including each vertical line of the top portion 703, the side portion 704, and the bottom portion 705 is cut. In addition, the height of the opening portion of the base 701 is substantially the same as the thickness of the edge portions 611, 621. Thus, the edge portions 611 and 621 can be engaged with the base portion 701, and the possibility of the base portion 701 moving in the vertical direction can be reduced. Therefore, the possibility of the card holder 510A moving in the vertical direction can be reduced.

突起部702設置在基部701的一端，並且是用以調節支架保持部件700的長邊方向上的長度之部分。突起部702被設置為能夠利用例如鉗子等切斷。當將包括突起部702之支架保持部件700的長邊方向上的長度記載為L3時，長度L3與邊緣部611的長邊方向上的長度L1大致相同。The protrusion 702 is provided at one end of the base 701 and is used to adjust the length of the bracket holding member 700 in the long-side direction. The protrusion 702 is provided so as to be cut by, for example, pliers. When the length of the bracket holding member 700 including the protrusion 702 in the long-side direction is expressed as L3, the length L3 is substantially the same as the length L1 of the edge portion 611 in the long-side direction.

因此，如圖25所示，在將基部701安裝於邊緣部611時，突起部702與第一突出部612接觸，同時基部701之與突起部702相反側的端部接觸第二突出部613。因此，透過第一突出部612和第二突出部613能夠降低支架保持部件700在長邊方向上移動之可能性，因此能夠降低卡片夾510A在長邊方向上移動之可能性。Therefore, as shown in Fig. 25, when the base 701 is mounted on the edge 611, the protrusion 702 contacts the first protrusion 612, and the end of the base 701 opposite to the protrusion 702 contacts the second protrusion 613. Therefore, the possibility of the bracket holding member 700 moving in the longitudinal direction can be reduced by the first protrusion 612 and the second protrusion 613, so the possibility of the card holder 510A moving in the longitudinal direction can be reduced.

圖26係顯示將支架保持部件700安裝在托盤620上之狀態之圖。圖26的26001是將支架保持部件700安裝在托盤620上之狀態之主視圖。圖26的26002是將支架保持部件700安裝在托盤620上之狀態之頂視圖。Fig. 26 is a diagram showing a state where the support holding member 700 is installed on the tray 620. 26001 of Fig. 26 is a front view of a state where the support holding member 700 is installed on the tray 620. 26002 of Fig. 26 is a top view of a state where the support holding member 700 is installed on the tray 620.

如上所述，突起部702可切斷。如圖25和圖26所示，切斷了突起部702時之支架保持部件700的長邊方向的長度(亦即，基部701的長邊方向的長度L4)，與邊緣部621的長邊方向的長度L2大致相同。As described above, the protrusion 702 can be cut off. As shown in Figures 25 and 26, the length of the longitudinal direction of the stent holding member 700 when the protrusion 702 is cut off (that is, the length L4 of the longitudinal direction of the base 701) is substantially the same as the length L2 of the longitudinal direction of the edge 621.

因此，在將支架保持部件700安裝於托盤620時，用戶將突起部702切斷。 藉此，如圖26所示，當基部701安裝到邊緣部621時，設置有突起部702之端部與第三突出部622接觸，同時基部701之與設置有突起部702的端部相反側的端部接觸第四突出部623。因此，與將支架保持部件700安裝到托盤610之情況同樣地，透過第三突出部622和第四突出部623能夠降低支架保持部件700在長邊方向上移動之可能性，因此能夠降低卡片夾510A在長邊方向上移動之可能性。Therefore, when mounting the stand holding member 700 on the tray 620, the user cuts off the protrusion 702. As a result, when the base 701 is mounted on the edge 621, as shown in FIG. 26, the end portion provided with the protrusion 702 contacts the third protrusion 622, and the end portion of the base 701 opposite to the end portion provided with the protrusion 702 contacts the fourth protrusion 623. Therefore, similarly to the case of mounting the stand holding member 700 on the tray 610, the possibility of the stand holding member 700 moving in the longitudinal direction can be reduced by the third protrusion 622 and the fourth protrusion 623, and thus the possibility of the card holder 510A moving in the longitudinal direction can be reduced.

如此，透過在支架保持部件700的一端設置可切斷的突起部702，從而能夠將支架保持部件700呈可插拔地分別固定在長邊方向的長度不同且作為支架保持部件700的安裝位置之邊緣部611和邊緣部621上。In this way, by providing a cuttable protrusion 702 at one end of the bracket holding component 700, the bracket holding component 700 can be pluggably fixed to the edge portion 611 and the edge portion 621 which have different lengths in the long side direction and serve as the installation position of the bracket holding component 700.

[卡片夾]如圖25和圖26所示，在卡片夾510A之上部壁561t的底面部上設置有突起部571。突起部571具有下述功能：亦即，當安裝在卡片夾510A上的重寫卡RC朝向上部壁561t側移動了時，使重寫卡RC的移動停止之功能。[Card Holder] As shown in Figures 25 and 26, a protrusion 571 is provided on the bottom of the upper wall 561t of the card holder 510A. The protrusion 571 has the following function: that is, when the rewrite card RC installed in the card holder 510A moves toward the upper wall 561t side, the movement of the rewrite card RC is stopped.

如在實施方式二中使用圖23所說明，重寫卡RC在被安裝於卡片夾510A時，被從上部壁561t側的第二位置Po12向卡片夾510A的卡片安裝部563(參照圖22)的位置(第一位置Po11)插入。為了能夠順利地進行該插入，在卡片夾510A上設置有切口部566。但是，由於設置切口部566，安裝在卡片夾510A上的重寫卡RC容易從卡片夾510A上脫落。透過設置突起部571，能夠使重寫卡RC難以從卡片夾510A上脫落，從而能夠降低重寫卡RC掉落的可能性。As described in the second embodiment using FIG. 23 , when the rewrite card RC is mounted on the card holder 510A, it is inserted from the second position Po12 on the side of the upper wall 561t to the position (first position Po11) of the card mounting portion 563 (refer to FIG. 22 ) of the card holder 510A. In order to facilitate the insertion, a cutout portion 566 is provided on the card holder 510A. However, due to the provision of the cutout portion 566, the rewrite card RC mounted on the card holder 510A is easily detached from the card holder 510A. By providing the protrusion 571, it is possible to make it difficult for the rewrite card RC to detach from the card holder 510A, thereby reducing the possibility of the rewrite card RC falling off.

另外，突起部571只要從上部壁561t的底面部突出下述程度即可，亦即，在卡片裝卸裝置150拔除重寫卡RC時，重寫卡RC不會發生不可逆的變形這一程度。The protrusion 571 only needs to protrude from the bottom surface of the upper wall 561t to such an extent that the rewrite card RC does not undergo irreversible deformation when the rewrite card RC is removed by the card insertion andremoval device 150 .

[托盤配發裝置之整體構成]對本實施方式之托盤配發裝置50A的整體構成進行說明。圖27中的27001係顯示托盤配發裝置50A之概略構成之一例之立體圖。本實施方式之藥劑配發系統1A與藥劑配發系統1的不同點在於：代替圖1所示之藥劑配發系統1的托盤配發裝置50而設有托盤配發裝置50A。代替托盤600或在托盤600的基礎上，藥劑配發系統1A執行對托盤610或620的藥劑配發。亦即，托盤配發裝置50A主要執行托盤610或620的配發，但是也能夠執行托盤600的配發。以下，作為一例，說明藥劑配發系統1A處理托盤610的情況。[Overall structure of tray dispensing device] The overall structure of the tray dispensing device 50A of this embodiment is described. 27001 in FIG. 27 is a three-dimensional diagram showing an example of the schematic structure of the tray dispensing device 50A. The drug dispensing system 1A of this embodiment is different from the drug dispensing system 1 in that the tray dispensing device 50A is provided instead of thetray dispensing device 50 of the drug dispensing system 1 shown in FIG. 1. Instead of the tray 600 or on the basis of the tray 600, the drug dispensing system 1A performs drug dispensing on the tray 610 or 620. That is, tray dispensing device 50A mainly performs dispensing of tray 610 or 620, but can also perform dispensing of tray 600. Hereinafter, as an example, a case where medicine dispensing system 1A handles tray 610 will be described.

在實施方式一之托盤配發裝置50中，如圖11所示，卡片資訊變更單元100被安裝在插入口53側(亦即，安裝托盤保管櫃60的一側，且是托盤配發裝置50的跟前側。)。在本實施方式之托盤配發裝置50A中，如圖27中的27001所示，卡片資訊變更單元100隔著托盤輸送機構80安裝在與插入口53相反的一側(亦即，托盤配發裝置50A的內側)。In thetray dispensing device 50 of the first embodiment, as shown in FIG11 , the cardinformation changing unit 100 is installed on the side of the insertion port 53 (i.e., the side where the tray storage cabinet 60 is installed and the front side of the tray dispensing device 50). In the tray dispensing device 50A of the present embodiment, as shown in 27001 in FIG27 , the cardinformation changing unit 100 is installed on the side opposite to the insertion port 53 (i.e., the inner side of the tray dispensing device 50A) across the tray conveying mechanism 80.

如圖28所示，本實施方式之托盤保管櫃60A設置有多個用以保管托盤610之保管位置。圖28的28001係顯示托盤保管櫃60A之一例之主視圖，28002係顯示托盤保管櫃60A之一例之側視圖。As shown in Fig. 28, the pallet storage cabinet 60A of this embodiment is provided with a plurality of storage positions for storing the pallet 610. 28001 of Fig. 28 is a front view showing an example of the pallet storage cabinet 60A, and 28002 is a side view showing an example of the pallet storage cabinet 60A.

在托盤保管櫃60A中，根據托盤610、620的形狀(特別是高度)規定各保管位置的形狀。在多個保管位置的各個中保管托盤610。如上所述，托盤620的高度被規定為托盤610的高度的大約兩倍。因此，托盤保管櫃60A能夠在其高度方向(z軸方向)上於兩層的保管位置保管一個托盤620。In the tray storage cabinet 60A, the shape of each storage position is determined according to the shape (particularly the height) of the trays 610 and 620. The tray 610 is stored in each of the plurality of storage positions. As described above, the height of the tray 620 is determined to be approximately twice the height of the tray 610. Therefore, the tray storage cabinet 60A can store one tray 620 in the storage positions of two layers in the height direction (z-axis direction).

實施方式一之托盤保管櫃60能夠在各保管位置的兩側進行托盤600的插入或拔出。亦即，托盤保管櫃60中設置有兩個可進行托盤600的插入或拔出之開口部，在圖14中，既可以從跟前側朝向紙面也可以從內側朝向紙面進行托盤600的插入或拔出。另一方面，如圖28所示，與托盤保管櫃60不同，托盤保管櫃60A僅具有一個可進行托盤610的插入或拔出之開口部61A。亦即，在托盤保管櫃60A中設置有與側壁62A連接之背面壁63A。The tray storage cabinet 60 of the first embodiment can insert or remove the tray 600 on both sides of each storage position. That is, the tray storage cabinet 60 is provided with two openings for inserting or removing the tray 600. In FIG. 14 , the tray 600 can be inserted or removed from the front side or from the inside side. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 28 , unlike the tray storage cabinet 60, the tray storage cabinet 60A has only one opening 61A for inserting or removing the tray 610. That is, the tray storage cabinet 60A is provided with a back wall 63A connected to the side wall 62A.

在托盤保管櫃60A中保管有托盤610之狀態下，為了用戶能夠目視確認卡片夾510A，托盤610被要求以卡片夾510A朝向開口部61A側之方式保管在托盤保管櫃60A中。因此，托盤610被要求以卡片夾510A朝向托盤配發裝置50A側之方式(亦即，朝向托盤配發裝置50A的內側之方式)，從托盤配發裝置50A向托盤保管櫃60A輸送。為了滿足該要求，在托盤配發裝置50A中，用以對安裝在卡片夾510A中的重寫卡RC的顯示資訊進行變更之卡片資訊變更單元100被設置在托盤配發裝置50A的內側。When the tray 610 is stored in the tray storage cabinet 60A, the tray 610 is required to be stored in the tray storage cabinet 60A with the card holder 510A facing the opening 61A side so that the user can visually confirm the card holder 510A. Therefore, the tray 610 is required to be transported from the tray dispensing device 50A to the tray storage cabinet 60A with the card holder 510A facing the tray dispensing device 50A side (that is, facing the inner side of the tray dispensing device 50A). In order to meet this requirement, in the tray dispensing device 50A, a cardinformation changing unit 100 for changing the display information of the rewrite card RC installed in the card holder 510A is arranged on the inner side of the tray dispensing device 50A.

如圖27中的27002所示，作為托盤輸送機構80，在托盤配發裝置50A的底部設有第一托盤輸送機構80A、第二托盤輸送機構80B、以及第三托盤輸送機構80C。圖27中的27002是示意性地顯示托盤配發裝置50A的底部的一例之頂視圖。分別將第一托盤輸送機構80A設置在第一停止位置Po21，第二托盤輸送機構80B設置在第二停止位置Po22，第三托盤輸送機構80C設置在第三停止位置Po23。As shown in 27002 in FIG. 27 , a first tray conveying mechanism 80A, a second tray conveying mechanism 80B, and a third tray conveying mechanism 80C are provided at the bottom of the tray dispensing device 50A as tray conveying mechanisms 80. 27002 in FIG. 27 is a top view schematically showing an example of the bottom of the tray dispensing device 50A. The first tray conveying mechanism 80A is set at the first stop position Po21, the second tray conveying mechanism 80B is set at the second stop position Po22, and the third tray conveying mechanism 80C is set at the third stop position Po23.

托盤610被從圖中的箭頭方向輸送向托盤配發裝置50A。亦即，第一停止位置Po21是托盤610停止在與托盤配發裝置50A相鄰的上游側的注射筏列印裝置40處(參照圖1)之位置。第二停止位置Po22是被從第一停止位置Po21輸送的托盤610停止之位置，並且是與卡片資訊變更單元100的卡片裝卸裝置150相對之位置。在第二停止位置Po22執行由卡片裝卸裝置150實施之重寫卡RC的拔插。第三停止位置Po23是被從第二停止位置Po22輸送的托盤610停止之位置。昇降裝置300將被輸送至第三停止位置Po23的托盤610向插入於插入口53中的托盤保管櫃60A輸送。The tray 610 is transported from the arrow direction in the figure to the tray dispensing device 50A. That is, the first stop position Po21 is a position where the tray 610 stops at the injection raft printing device 40 (refer to FIG. 1 ) on the upstream side adjacent to the tray dispensing device 50A. The second stop position Po22 is a position where the tray 610 transported from the first stop position Po21 stops, and is a position opposite to the card loading andunloading device 150 of the cardinformation changing unit 100. At the second stop position Po22, the insertion and removal of the rewrite card RC implemented by the card loading andunloading device 150 is performed. The third stop position Po23 is a position where the tray 610 transported from the second stop position Po22 stops. Thelifting device 300 transports the tray 610 transported to the third stop position Po23 to the tray storage cabinet 60A inserted into the insertion port 53 .

第一托盤輸送機構80A、第二托盤輸送機構80B以及第三托盤輸送機構80C分別被控制裝置400(參照圖4)獨立地控制。控制裝置400可以是不僅控制托盤配發裝置50A而且控制構成藥劑配發系統1A的各裝置或機構之裝置。The first tray conveying mechanism 80A, the second tray conveying mechanism 80B, and the third tray conveying mechanism 80C are independently controlled by the control device 400 (see FIG. 4 ). Thecontrol device 400 may be a device that controls not only the tray dispensing device 50A but also each device or mechanism constituting the medicine dispensing system 1A.

另外，在托盤配發裝置50A的底部設置有改變托盤610的朝向之旋轉機構54。作為旋轉機構54，第一旋轉機構54A設置在第一停止位置Po21，第二旋轉機構54B設置在第三停止位置Po23。控制裝置400將第一旋轉機構54A和第二旋轉機構54B分別獨立地進行控制。旋轉機構54以在使托盤610旋轉時托盤610不與托盤輸送機構80碰撞之方式，將托盤610抬起後使其旋轉。In addition, a rotating mechanism 54 for changing the orientation of the tray 610 is provided at the bottom of the tray dispensing device 50A. As the rotating mechanism 54, the first rotating mechanism 54A is provided at the first stop position Po21, and the second rotating mechanism 54B is provided at the third stop position Po23. Thecontrol device 400 controls the first rotating mechanism 54A and the second rotating mechanism 54B independently. The rotating mechanism 54 lifts the tray 610 and rotates it so that the tray 610 does not collide with the tray conveying mechanism 80 when the tray 610 is rotated.

托盤610被從托盤610的短邊側(具體是安裝有卡片夾510A的一側)朝向托盤配發裝置50A輸送。控制裝置400以在第二停止位置Po22處卡片夾510A朝向卡片資訊變更單元100的方向之方式，對第一旋轉機構54A進行控制，將在第一停止位置Po21處停止的托盤610的朝向進行變更。The tray 610 is transported from the short side of the tray 610 (specifically, the side where the card holder 510A is installed) toward the tray dispensing device 50A. Thecontrol device 400 controls the first rotating mechanism 54A to change the direction of the tray 610 stopped at the first stop position Po21 so that the card holder 510A is oriented toward the cardinformation changing unit 100 at the second stop position Po22.

昇降裝置300以托盤610被保管於托盤保管櫃60A中時卡片夾510A為開口部61A側之方式，將托盤610輸送到托盤保管櫃60A。因此，昇降裝置300維持著於第一停止位置Po21處變更了的托盤610的朝向不變，將托盤610從第三停止位置Po23輸送到托盤保管櫃60A。亦即，昇降裝置300在第三停止位置Po23處不變更托盤610的朝向，而將托盤610從第三停止位置Po23輸送到托盤保管櫃60A。Thelifting device 300 transports the tray 610 to the tray storage cabinet 60A in such a manner that the card holder 510A is on the side of the opening portion 61A when the tray 610 is stored in the tray storage cabinet 60A. Therefore, thelifting device 300 maintains the orientation of the tray 610 changed at the first stop position Po21 and transports the tray 610 from the third stop position Po23 to the tray storage cabinet 60A. That is, thelifting device 300 does not change the orientation of the tray 610 at the third stop position Po23 and transports the tray 610 from the third stop position Po23 to the tray storage cabinet 60A.

但是，例如在將托盤600輸送到托盤保管櫃60時，昇降裝置300亦可以卡片夾500朝向托盤配發裝置50A的前方(托盤配發裝置50A的跟前側、圖27所示之+ y軸方向)之方式輸送托盤600。該情況下，用戶在托盤保管櫃60被插入於插入口53之狀態下，能夠確認被安裝在卡片夾500上的重寫卡RC的顯示資訊。However, for example, when the tray 600 is transported to the tray storage cabinet 60, thelifting device 300 may transport the tray 600 in such a manner that the card holder 500 faces the front of the tray dispensing device 50A (the front side of the tray dispensing device 50A, the +y axis direction shown in FIG. 27). In this case, the user can confirm the displayed information of the rewritable card RC installed in the card holder 500 while the tray storage cabinet 60 is inserted into the insertion port 53.

如此，當昇降裝置300以卡片夾500朝向托盤配發裝置50A的前方之方式輸送托盤600時，控制裝置400透過使第二旋轉機構54B旋轉而將托盤600的朝向變更180度。亦即，第二旋轉機構54B在第二停止位置Po22處將變更了重寫卡RC的顯示資訊之後的托盤600的朝向變更為卡片夾500(亦即，重寫卡RC)朝向托盤配發裝置50A的前方。Thus, when thelifting device 300 transports the tray 600 in such a manner that the card holder 500 faces the front of the tray dispensing device 50A, thecontrol device 400 rotates the second rotating mechanism 54B to change the orientation of the tray 600 by 180 degrees. That is, the second rotating mechanism 54B changes the orientation of the tray 600 after changing the display information of the rewrite card RC at the second stop position Po22 so that the card holder 500 (that is, the rewrite card RC) faces the front of the tray dispensing device 50A.

另外，在以卡片夾510A朝向托盤配發裝置50A的前方之狀態配發托盤610該一用途之情形下，控制裝置400亦可如上述那樣驅動第二旋轉機構54B。In addition, in the case where the tray 610 is dispensed with the card holder 510A facing the front of the tray dispensing device 50A, thecontrol device 400 can also drive the second rotating mechanism 54B as described above.

此外，托盤610被從第三停止位置Po23輸送到托盤保管櫃60A，但是亦可從第一停止位置Po21或第二停止位置Po22輸送到托盤保管櫃60A。但是，當將托盤610從第一停止位置Po21輸送到托盤保管櫃60A時，托盤輸送機構80將托盤610從第二停止位置Po22向第一停止位置Po21輸送(返回)。因此，在托盤610向托盤保管櫃60A的輸送完成之前，托盤輸送機構80無法將後續的托盤610輸送到第一停止位置Po21。此外，當將托盤610從第二停止位置Po22向托盤保管櫃60A輸送時，在托盤610向托盤保管櫃60A的輸送完成之前，托盤輸送機構80無法將後續的托盤610輸送到第二停止位置Po22。若考慮這一點，則較佳係將托盤610從第三停止位置Po23輸送到托盤保管櫃60A。In addition, the pallet 610 is transported to the pallet storage cabinet 60A from the third stop position Po23, but it may be transported to the pallet storage cabinet 60A from the first stop position Po21 or the second stop position Po22. However, when the pallet 610 is transported to the pallet storage cabinet 60A from the first stop position Po21, the pallet transport mechanism 80 transports (returns) the pallet 610 from the second stop position Po22 to the first stop position Po21. Therefore, before the transport of the pallet 610 to the pallet storage cabinet 60A is completed, the pallet transport mechanism 80 cannot transport the subsequent pallet 610 to the first stop position Po21. Furthermore, when the pallet 610 is transported from the second stop position Po22 to the pallet storage cabinet 60A, the pallet transport mechanism 80 cannot transport the subsequent pallet 610 to the second stop position Po22 before the transport of the pallet 610 to the pallet storage cabinet 60A is completed. In view of this, it is preferable to transport the pallet 610 to the pallet storage cabinet 60A from the third stop position Po23.

此外，設置於托盤配發裝置50A的底部之托盤輸送機構80和旋轉機構54亦可同樣地設置在托盤配發裝置50中。但是，在托盤配發裝置50中，卡片資訊變更單元100設置在托盤配發裝置50的跟前側。因此，控制裝置400控制第一旋轉機構54A，以卡片夾500朝向托盤配發裝置50的跟前側之方式使托盤600旋轉。In addition, the tray conveying mechanism 80 and the rotating mechanism 54 disposed at the bottom of the tray dispensing device 50A can also be similarly disposed in thetray dispensing device 50. However, in thetray dispensing device 50, the cardinformation changing unit 100 is disposed at the front side of thetray dispensing device 50. Therefore, thecontrol device 400 controls the first rotating mechanism 54A to rotate the tray 600 in such a manner that the card holder 500 faces the front side of thetray dispensing device 50.

[托盤輸送和托盤保管控制]昇降裝置300從托盤配發裝置50A側觀察被插入到插入口53中的托盤保管櫃60A，並以例如以下(1)〜(4)的任一方式依次輸送托盤610。在實施方式一中也同樣地，托盤600可以被輸送到托盤保管櫃60。托盤610的輸送形態是根據各用戶的便利性設定的。(1)昇降裝置300將托盤610從最右列的最上層依次向最下層輸送之後，從相鄰列(圖28的例子中為中央列)的最上層朝向最下層依次輸送托盤610。然後，昇降裝置300將托盤610從最左列的最上層依次向最下層輸送。(2)昇降裝置300將托盤610從最左列的最上層依次向最下層輸送之後，從中央列的最上層朝向最下層依次輸送托盤610。然後，昇降裝置300將托盤610從最右列的最上層依次向最下層輸送。(3)昇降裝置300將托盤610從最上層的最右列依次向最左列輸送之後，從相鄰的下層的最右列朝向最左列依次輸送托盤610。昇降裝置300重複該輸送並將托盤610依次輸送到最下層。(4)昇降裝置300將托盤610從最上層的最左列依次向最右列輸送之後，從相鄰的下層的最左列朝向最右列依次輸送托盤610。昇降裝置300重複該輸送並將托盤610依次輸送到最下層。[Tray Conveying and Tray Storage Control] Thelifting device 300 observes the tray storage cabinet 60A inserted into the insertion port 53 from the side of the tray dispensing device 50A, and sequentially conveys the tray 610 in any of the following ways (1) to (4). Similarly, in the first embodiment, the tray 600 can be conveyed to the tray storage cabinet 60. The conveying form of the tray 610 is set according to the convenience of each user. (1) After thelifting device 300 conveys the tray 610 from the uppermost layer of the rightmost column to the lowermost layer in sequence, it sequentially conveys the tray 610 from the uppermost layer of the adjacent column (the central column in the example of FIG. 28) toward the lowermost layer. Then, thelifting device 300 sequentially transports the tray 610 from the uppermost layer of the leftmost column to the lowermost layer. (2) After thelifting device 300 sequentially transports the tray 610 from the uppermost layer of the leftmost column to the lowermost layer, it sequentially transports the tray 610 from the uppermost layer of the center column to the lowermost layer. Then, thelifting device 300 sequentially transports the tray 610 from the uppermost layer of the rightmost column to the lowermost layer. (3) After thelifting device 300 sequentially transports the tray 610 from the rightmost column of the uppermost layer to the leftmost column, it sequentially transports the tray 610 from the rightmost column of the adjacent lower layer to the leftmost column. Thelifting device 300 repeats this transport and sequentially transports the tray 610 to the lowermost layer. (4) After thelifting device 300 sequentially transports the trays 610 from the leftmost column of the uppermost layer to the rightmost column, thelifting device 300 sequentially transports the trays 610 from the leftmost column of the adjacent lower layer to the rightmost column. Thelifting device 300 repeats this transport and sequentially transports the trays 610 to the lowermost layer.

在本實施方式中，以透過上述(3)將托盤610輸送到托盤保管櫃60A之情況進行說明。In this embodiment, the description is made based on the case where the pallet 610 is transported to the pallet storage cabinet 60A through the above (3).

在此，在將托盤保管櫃60A安裝於托盤配發裝置50A時，與將托盤保管櫃60安裝於托盤配發裝置50A時相比，托盤保管櫃60A的最下層靠近托盤配發裝置50A的底部(托盤輸送機構80)。亦即，托盤保管櫃60A的最下層位於比托盤保管櫃60的最下層低的位置。考慮在將托盤610輸送到托盤保管櫃60A的最下層的某一保管位置時，托盤610被載置在與該保管位置相對的托盤輸送機構80上該一情況。該情況下，有可能作為輸送對象之托盤610與被載置在托盤輸送機構80上之托盤610發生碰撞，從而無法將作為輸送對象之托盤610保管在該保管位置。Here, when the pallet storage cabinet 60A is installed in the pallet distribution device 50A, the lowest level of the pallet storage cabinet 60A is closer to the bottom (pallet conveying mechanism 80) of the pallet distribution device 50A than when the pallet storage cabinet 60 is installed in the pallet distribution device 50A. That is, the lowest level of the pallet storage cabinet 60A is located at a lower position than the lowest level of the pallet storage cabinet 60. Consider the case where the pallet 610 is transported to a certain storage position of the lowest level of the pallet storage cabinet 60A and is placed on the pallet conveying mechanism 80 opposite to the storage position. In this case, there is a possibility that the pallet 610 to be transported may collide with the pallet 610 placed on the pallet transport mechanism 80, and the pallet 610 to be transported may not be stored at the storage position.

在本實施方式中，當將托盤610輸送到托盤保管櫃60A的最下層時，控制裝置400控制托盤610的輸送，以使托盤610不會被載置在托盤配發裝置50A底部上之與托盤610被輸送的保管位置相對之位置上。控制裝置400控制第一托盤輸送機構80A~第三托盤輸送機構80C、設置於注射筏列印裝置40中的托盤輸送機構80(為方便起見，在此稱為“第四托盤輸送機構80D”)、以及昇降裝置300，從而實現上述輸送處理。藉此，即使在使用托盤保管櫃60A之情形下，也能夠使托盤610彼此不會發生碰撞而將托盤610安全地輸送到托盤保管櫃60A。此外，也不需要為了安全輸送而另外設置裝置。In this embodiment, when the tray 610 is transported to the bottom layer of the tray storage cabinet 60A, thecontrol device 400 controls the transport of the tray 610 so that the tray 610 is not placed on the bottom of the tray dispensing device 50A at a position opposite to the storage position where the tray 610 is transported. Thecontrol device 400 controls the first tray transport mechanism 80A to the third tray transport mechanism 80C, the tray transport mechanism 80 provided in the injection raft printing device 40 (for convenience, referred to as the "fourth tray transport mechanism 80D"), and thelifting device 300, thereby realizing the above-mentioned transport process. Thus, even when the tray storage cabinet 60A is used, the trays 610 can be safely transported to the tray storage cabinet 60A without causing collision between the trays 610. In addition, there is no need to provide a separate device for safe transport.

圖29係顯示將托盤610輸送到托盤保管櫃60A的最下層以外的保管位置時(正常輸送時)之、托盤610的輸送例之圖。圖30係顯示將托盤610輸送到托盤保管櫃60A的最下層中之與第三停止位置Po23相對的保管位置(最下層的第三位置)時之、托盤610的輸送例之圖。圖31中的31001係顯示將托盤610輸送到托盤保管櫃60A的最下層中之與第二停止位置Po22相對的保管位置(最下層的第二位置)時之、托盤610的輸送例之圖。圖31中的31002係顯示將托盤610輸送到托盤保管櫃60A的最下層中之與第一停止位置Po21相對的保管位置(最下層的第一位置)時之、托盤610的輸送例之圖。Fig. 29 is a diagram showing an example of conveying the pallet 610 when the pallet 610 is conveyed to a storage position other than the bottom layer of the pallet storage cabinet 60A (during normal conveyance). Fig. 30 is a diagram showing an example of conveying the pallet 610 when the pallet 610 is conveyed to a storage position (the third position of the bottom layer) opposite to the third stop position Po23 in the bottom layer of the pallet storage cabinet 60A. 31001 in Fig. 31 is a diagram showing an example of conveying the pallet 610 when the pallet 610 is conveyed to a storage position (the second position of the bottom layer) opposite to the second stop position Po22 in the bottom layer of the pallet storage cabinet 60A. Reference numeral 31002 in FIG. 31 is a diagram showing an example of conveyance of the pallet 610 when the pallet 610 is conveyed to a storage position (the first position of the lowest level) in the lowest level of the pallet storage cabinet 60A that is opposite to the first stop position Po21.

另外，在該等圖式中，為了區分由托盤輸送機構80依次輸送的托盤610，方便起見，將托盤610表示為托盤610A~610D、托盤610P~610V。作為圖29~圖31的代表，在圖29的S11中顯示卡片資訊變更單元100。對於第一托盤輸送機構80A~第三托盤輸送機構80C、第一旋轉機構54A、以及第二旋轉機構54B，參照圖27中的27002。In addition, in the figures, in order to distinguish the trays 610 sequentially transported by the tray transport mechanism 80, the trays 610 are represented as trays 610A to 610D and trays 610P to 610V for convenience. As a representative of FIGS. 29 to 31, the cardinformation changing unit 100 is shown in S11 of FIG. 29. For the first tray transport mechanism 80A to the third tray transport mechanism 80C, the first rotating mechanism 54A, and the second rotating mechanism 54B, refer to 27002 in FIG. 27.

(正常輸送時的托盤輸送處理)使用圖29，對在托盤610A之後托盤610B被輸送到托盤保管櫃60A的最下層以外的保管位置時之托盤輸送處理進行說明。(Tray Conveying Processing During Normal Conveying) The following describes the tray conveying processing when the tray 610B is conveyed to a storage position other than the bottom layer of the tray storage cabinet 60A after the tray 610A, using FIG. 29.

如圖29所示，第四托盤輸送機構80D和第一托盤輸送機構80A將托盤610A從注射筏列印裝置40向第一停止位置Po21輸送(S11)。然後，在第一停止位置Po21處，第一旋轉機構54A改變托盤610A的朝向，使卡片夾510A面對卡片資訊變更單元100(S12)。As shown in Fig. 29, the fourth tray conveying mechanism 80D and the first tray conveying mechanism 80A convey the tray 610A from the injection raft printing device 40 to the first stop position Po21 (S11). Then, at the first stop position Po21, the first rotating mechanism 54A changes the orientation of the tray 610A so that the card holder 510A faces the card information changing unit 100 (S12).

此後，第一托盤輸送機構80A和第二托盤輸送機構80B將托盤610A從第一停止位置Po21向第二停止位置Po22輸送(S13)。此時，第四托盤輸送機構80D和第一托盤輸送機構80A將托盤610B從注射筏列印裝置40向第一停止位置Po21輸送。Thereafter, the first tray conveying mechanism 80A and the second tray conveying mechanism 80B convey the tray 610A from the first stop position Po21 to the second stop position Po22 (S13). At this time, the fourth tray conveying mechanism 80D and the first tray conveying mechanism 80A convey the tray 610B from the injection raft printing apparatus 40 to the first stop position Po21.

然後，在第二停止位置Po22處，卡片資訊變更單元100將被安裝在托盤610A的卡片夾510A上之重寫卡RC的顯示資訊進行變更(S14)。此時，在第一停止位置Po21處，第一旋轉機構54A改變托盤610B的朝向，使卡片夾510A面對卡片資訊變更單元100。Then, at the second stop position Po22, the cardinformation changing unit 100 changes the display information of the rewrite card RC mounted on the card holder 510A of the tray 610A (S14). At this time, at the first stop position Po21, the first rotating mechanism 54A changes the direction of the tray 610B so that the card holder 510A faces the cardinformation changing unit 100.

此後，第二托盤輸送機構80B和第三托盤輸送機構80C將托盤610A從第二停止位置Po22向第三停止位置Po23輸送(S15)。此時，第一托盤輸送機構80A和第二托盤輸送機構80B將托盤610B從第一停止位置Po21向第二停止位置Po22輸送。另外，第四托盤輸送機構80D和第一托盤輸送機構80A將托盤610C從注射筏列印裝置40向第一停止位置Po21輸送。Thereafter, the second tray conveying mechanism 80B and the third tray conveying mechanism 80C convey the tray 610A from the second stop position Po22 to the third stop position Po23 (S15). At this time, the first tray conveying mechanism 80A and the second tray conveying mechanism 80B convey the tray 610B from the first stop position Po21 to the second stop position Po22. In addition, the fourth tray conveying mechanism 80D and the first tray conveying mechanism 80A convey the tray 610C from the injection raft printing apparatus 40 to the first stop position Po21.

然後，昇降裝置300開始將托盤610A從第三停止位置Po23向托盤保管櫃60A的最下層以外的保管位置輸送(S16)。此時，在第二停止位置Po22處，卡片資訊變更單元100將被安裝在托盤610B的卡片夾510A上之重寫卡RC的顯示資訊進行變更。此外，在第一停止位置Po21處，第一旋轉機構54A改變托盤610C的朝向，使卡片夾510A面對卡片資訊變更單元100。Then, thelifting device 300 starts to transport the tray 610A from the third stop position Po23 to the storage position other than the bottom layer of the tray storage cabinet 60A (S16). At this time, at the second stop position Po22, the cardinformation changing unit 100 changes the display information of the rewrite card RC installed on the card holder 510A of the tray 610B. In addition, at the first stop position Po21, the first rotating mechanism 54A changes the direction of the tray 610C so that the card holder 510A faces the cardinformation changing unit 100.

之後，在昇降裝置300將托盤610A保管於托盤保管櫃60A的最下層以外的保管位置的期間，第二托盤輸送機構80B和第三托盤輸送機構80C將托盤610B從第二停止位置Po22向第三停止位置Po23輸送(S17)。所謂的“保管期間”，是指昇降裝置300從開始將托盤610向托盤保管櫃60A輸送起至托盤610被保管於保管位置為止的期間。此時，第一托盤輸送機構80A和第二托盤輸送機構80B將托盤610C從第一停止位置Po21向第二停止位置Po22輸送。另外，第四托盤輸送機構80D和第一托盤輸送機構80A將托盤610D從注射筏列印裝置40向第一停止位置Po21輸送。Thereafter, while thelifting device 300 stores the pallet 610A at a storage position other than the bottom layer of the pallet storage cabinet 60A, the second pallet conveying mechanism 80B and the third pallet conveying mechanism 80C convey the pallet 610B from the second stop position Po22 to the third stop position Po23 (S17). The so-called "storage period" refers to the period from when thelifting device 300 starts to transport the pallet 610 to the pallet storage cabinet 60A until the pallet 610 is stored at the storage position. At this time, the first pallet conveying mechanism 80A and the second pallet conveying mechanism 80B convey the pallet 610C from the first stop position Po21 to the second stop position Po22. In addition, the fourth tray transport mechanism 80D and the first tray transport mechanism 80A transport the tray 610D from the injection raft printing apparatus 40 to the first stop position Po21.

然後，昇降裝置300開始將托盤610B從第三停止位置Po23輸送向托盤保管櫃60A的最下層以外的保管位置(S18)。此時，在第二停止位置Po22處，卡片資訊變更單元100將被安裝在托盤610C的卡片夾510A上之重寫卡RC的顯示資訊進行變更。另外，在第一停止位置Po21處，第一旋轉機構54A改變托盤610D的朝向，使卡片夾510A面對卡片資訊變更單元100。Then, thelifting device 300 starts to transport the tray 610B from the third stop position Po23 to a storage position other than the bottom layer of the tray storage cabinet 60A (S18). At this time, at the second stop position Po22, the cardinformation changing unit 100 changes the display information of the rewrite card RC mounted on the card holder 510A of the tray 610C. In addition, at the first stop position Po21, the first rotating mechanism 54A changes the direction of the tray 610D so that the card holder 510A faces the cardinformation changing unit 100.

透過重複該處理，昇降裝置300將由托盤輸送機構80輸送至第三停止位置Po23的各托盤610依次向托盤保管櫃60A的最下層以外保管位置輸送。By repeating this process, thelifting device 300 sequentially transports each of the pallets 610 transported to the third stop position Po23 by the pallet transport mechanism 80 to a storage position other than the bottommost layer of the pallet storage cabinet 60A.

(保管於最下層第三位置時的托盤輸送處理)使用圖30，對托盤610S被輸送到與第三停止位置Po23相對之托盤保管櫃60A的最下層第三位置時的托盤輸送處理進行說明。托盤610P、托盤610Q及托盤610R從第三停止位置Po23被輸送到托盤保管櫃60A的最下層以外的保管位置為止的處理(S21~S25)，是透過重複進行圖29所示之S16~S18的處理而實現的。(Tray conveying process when stored at the third position at the bottom) The tray conveying process when the tray 610S is conveyed to the third position at the bottom of the tray storage cabinet 60A opposite to the third stop position Po23 is described using FIG30. The process (S21 to S25) from the third stop position Po23 to the tray 610P, the tray 610Q, and the tray 610R are conveyed to the storage position other than the bottom of the tray storage cabinet 60A is realized by repeating the process of S16 to S18 shown in FIG29.

在S26中，在昇降裝置300將托盤610R保管於托盤保管櫃60A的最下層以外的保管位置的期間，第二托盤輸送機構80B和第三托盤輸送機構80C將托盤610S從第二停止位置Po22向第三停止位置Po23輸送。此時，第一托盤輸送機構80A和第二托盤輸送機構80B將托盤610T從第一停止位置Po21向第二停止位置Po22輸送。另外，第四托盤輸送機構80D和第一托盤輸送機構80A將托盤610U從注射筏列印裝置40向第一停止位置Po21輸送。In S26, while thelifting device 300 stores the tray 610R at a storage position other than the bottom layer of the tray storage cabinet 60A, the second tray conveying mechanism 80B and the third tray conveying mechanism 80C convey the tray 610S from the second stop position Po22 to the third stop position Po23. At this time, the first tray conveying mechanism 80A and the second tray conveying mechanism 80B convey the tray 610T from the first stop position Po21 to the second stop position Po22. In addition, the fourth tray conveying mechanism 80D and the first tray conveying mechanism 80A convey the tray 610U from the injection raft printing device 40 to the first stop position Po21.

然後，昇降裝置300開始將托盤610S從第三停止位置Po23向托盤保管櫃60A的最下層第三位置輸送(S27)。此時，在第二停止位置Po22處，卡片資訊變更單元100將被安裝在托盤610T的卡片夾510A上之重寫卡RC的顯示資訊進行變更。另外，在第一停止位置Po21處，第一旋轉機構54A改變托盤610U的朝向，使卡片夾510A面對卡片資訊變更單元100。Then, thelifting device 300 starts to transport the tray 610S from the third stop position Po23 to the third position of the bottom layer of the tray storage cabinet 60A (S27). At this time, at the second stop position Po22, the cardinformation changing unit 100 changes the display information of the rewrite card RC installed on the card holder 510A of the tray 610T. In addition, at the first stop position Po21, the first rotating mechanism 54A changes the direction of the tray 610U so that the card holder 510A faces the cardinformation changing unit 100.

之後，在昇降裝置300將托盤610S保管於托盤保管櫃60A的最下層第三位置的期間，第一托盤輸送機構80A~第四托盤輸送機構80D不進行驅動，使托盤610T、托盤610U以及托盤610V按原樣停止(S28)。藉此，昇降裝置300能夠以在第三停止位置Po23處托盤610S與托盤610T不發生碰撞之方式，將托盤610S輸送並保管於托盤保管櫃60A的最下層第三位置。Thereafter, while thelifting device 300 stores the pallet 610S at the third position of the bottom layer of the pallet storage cabinet 60A, the first to fourth pallet conveying mechanisms 80A to 80D are not driven, and the pallet 610T, the pallet 610U, and the pallet 610V are stopped as they are (S28). Thus, thelifting device 300 can transport and store the pallet 610S at the third position of the bottom layer of the pallet storage cabinet 60A without the pallet 610S colliding with the pallet 610T at the third stop position Po23.

(保管於最下層第二位置時的托盤輸送處理)使用圖31的31001，對托盤610S被輸送到與第二停止位置Po22相對之托盤保管櫃60A的最下層第二位置時的托盤輸送處理進行說明。(Tray Conveying Processing When Stored at the Second Position on the Lowermost Layer) Using 31001 in FIG. 31 , the tray conveying processing when the tray 610S is conveyed to the second position on the lowermost layer of the tray storage cabinet 60A opposite to the second stop position Po22 will be described.

在圖30的S26的處理之後，昇降裝置300在第三停止位置Po23處將托盤610S抬起(S31)。昇降裝置300將托盤610S抬起至與載置在第二停止位置Po22處的托盤610T不發生碰撞這一程度的高度(安全位置)。另外，此時，在第二停止位置Po22處，卡片資訊變更單元100將被安裝在托盤610T的卡片夾510A上之重寫卡RC的顯示資訊進行變更。另外，在第一停止位置Po21處，第一旋轉機構54A改變托盤610U的朝向，使卡片夾510A面對卡片資訊變更單元100。After the processing of S26 of FIG. 30 , thelifting device 300 lifts the tray 610S at the third stop position Po23 (S31). Thelifting device 300 lifts the tray 610S to a height (safe position) at which it does not collide with the tray 610T placed at the second stop position Po22. In addition, at this time, at the second stop position Po22, the cardinformation changing unit 100 changes the display information of the rewrite card RC mounted on the card holder 510A of the tray 610T. In addition, at the first stop position Po21, the first rotating mechanism 54A changes the direction of the tray 610U so that the card holder 510A faces the cardinformation changing unit 100.

然後，昇降裝置300將抬起的托盤610S從第三停止位置Po23輸送到第二停止位置Po22(S32)。但是，昇降裝置300維持托盤610S被抬起之狀態，並且不將托盤610S載置於第二停止位置Po22。此時，第二托盤輸送機構80B和第三托盤輸送機構80C將托盤610T從第二停止位置Po22向第三停止位置Po23輸送。此外，在該輸送期間，第一托盤輸送機構80A和第二托盤輸送機構80B不進行驅動，使托盤610U按原樣停止。Then, thelifting device 300 transports the lifted tray 610S from the third stop position Po23 to the second stop position Po22 (S32). However, thelifting device 300 maintains the state in which the tray 610S is lifted, and does not place the tray 610S at the second stop position Po22. At this time, the second tray conveying mechanism 80B and the third tray conveying mechanism 80C convey the tray 610T from the second stop position Po22 to the third stop position Po23. In addition, during this conveying period, the first tray conveying mechanism 80A and the second tray conveying mechanism 80B are not driven, so that the tray 610U is stopped as it is.

之後，昇降裝置300開始將托盤610S從第二停止位置Po22向托盤保管櫃60A的最下層第二位置輸送(S33)。在托盤610S的保管期間，第一托盤輸送機構80A~第四托盤輸送機構80D不進行驅動，使托盤610T、托盤610U以及托盤610V按原樣停止(S34)。After that, thelifting device 300 starts to transport the pallet 610S from the second stop position Po22 to the second position of the bottom layer of the pallet storage cabinet 60A (S33). During the storage period of the pallet 610S, the first pallet conveying mechanism 80A to the fourth pallet conveying mechanism 80D are not driven, so that the pallet 610T, the pallet 610U and the pallet 610V are stopped as they are (S34).

如此，在將托盤610S輸送到第二停止位置Po22時，昇降裝置300使托盤610T從第二停止位置Po22移動，並且，第一托盤輸送機構80A和第二托盤輸送機構80B使托盤610U按原樣停止。因此，在托盤610S被從第二停止位置Po22朝向托盤保管櫃60A的最下層第二位置輸送並保管時，能夠呈在第二停止位置Po22停止的托盤610不存在之狀態。因此，昇降裝置300能夠以托盤610S不會與後續的托盤610T及托盤610U碰撞之方式，將托盤610S輸送並保管於托盤保管櫃60A的最下層第二位置。Thus, when the pallet 610S is transported to the second stop position Po22, thelifting device 300 moves the pallet 610T from the second stop position Po22, and the first pallet conveying mechanism 80A and the second pallet conveying mechanism 80B stop the pallet 610U as it is. Therefore, when the pallet 610S is transported from the second stop position Po22 toward the second position at the bottom of the pallet storage cabinet 60A and stored, the pallet 610 stopped at the second stop position Po22 can be in a state where there is no pallet. Therefore, thelifting device 300 can transport and store the pallet 610S at the second position of the bottom layer of the pallet storage cabinet 60A in a manner that the pallet 610S does not collide with the subsequent pallet 610T and the pallet 610U.

(保管於最下層第一位置時的托盤輸送處理)使用圖31的31002，對托盤610S被輸送到與第二停止位置Po22相對之托盤保管櫃60A的最下層第一位置時的托盤輸送處理進行說明。(Tray Conveying Processing When Stored at the Bottom First Position) Using 31002 of FIG. 31 , the tray conveying processing when the tray 610S is conveyed to the bottom first position of the tray storage cabinet 60A opposite to the second stop position Po22 is described.

在圖30的S26的處理之後，與圖31的S31同樣地，昇降裝置300在第三停止位置Po23處將托盤610S抬起(S41)。此時，在第二停止位置Po22處，卡片資訊變更單元100將被安裝在托盤610T的卡片夾510A上之重寫卡RC的顯示資訊進行變更。另外，在第一停止位置Po21處，第一旋轉機構54A改變托盤610U的朝向，使卡片夾510A面對卡片資訊變更單元100。After the processing of S26 of FIG. 30 , similarly to S31 of FIG. 31 , thelifting device 300 lifts the tray 610S at the third stop position Po23 (S41). At this time, at the second stop position Po22, the cardinformation changing unit 100 changes the display information of the rewrite card RC mounted on the card holder 510A of the tray 610T. In addition, at the first stop position Po21, the first rotating mechanism 54A changes the direction of the tray 610U so that the card holder 510A faces the cardinformation changing unit 100.

然後，昇降裝置300將抬起的托盤610S從第三停止位置Po23輸送到第一停止位置Po21(S42)。但是，昇降裝置300維持托盤610S被抬起之狀態，並且不將托盤610S載置於第一停止位置Po21。此時，第二托盤輸送機構80B和第三托盤輸送機構80C將托盤610T從第二停止位置Po22向第三停止位置Po23輸送。此外，第一托盤輸送機構80A和第二托盤輸送機構80B將托盤610U從第一停止位置Po21向第二停止位置Po22輸送。第四托盤輸送機構80D不進行驅動，使托盤610V按原樣停止。Then, thelifting device 300 transports the lifted pallet 610S from the third stop position Po23 to the first stop position Po21 (S42). However, thelifting device 300 maintains the state in which the pallet 610S is lifted, and does not place the pallet 610S at the first stop position Po21. At this time, the second pallet conveying mechanism 80B and the third pallet conveying mechanism 80C transport the pallet 610T from the second stop position Po22 to the third stop position Po23. In addition, the first pallet conveying mechanism 80A and the second pallet conveying mechanism 80B transport the pallet 610U from the first stop position Po21 to the second stop position Po22. The fourth pallet conveying mechanism 80D is not driven, and the pallet 610V is stopped as it is.

之後，昇降裝置300開始將托盤610S從第二停止位置Po22向托盤保管櫃60A的最下層第一位置輸送(S43)。在托盤610S的保管期間，第一托盤輸送機構80A~第四托盤輸送機構80D不進行驅動，使托盤610T、托盤610U以及托盤610V按原樣停止(S44)。After that, thelifting device 300 starts to transport the pallet 610S from the second stop position Po22 to the first position of the bottom layer of the pallet storage cabinet 60A (S43). During the storage period of the pallet 610S, the first pallet conveying mechanism 80A to the fourth pallet conveying mechanism 80D are not driven, so that the pallet 610T, the pallet 610U and the pallet 610V are stopped as they are (S44).

如此，在將托盤610S輸送到第一停止位置Po21時，昇降裝置300使托盤610T從第二停止位置Po22移動，並且使托盤610U從第一停止位置Po21移動。此外，第四托盤輸送機構80D使托盤610V按原樣停止。因此，在托盤610S被從第一停止位置Po21朝向托盤保管櫃60A的最下層第一位置輸送並保管時，能夠呈在第一停止位置Po21停止的托盤610不存在之狀態。因此，昇降裝置300能夠以托盤610S不會與後續的托盤610T、托盤610U及托盤610V碰撞之方式，將托盤610S輸送並保管於托盤保管櫃60A的最下層第一位置。Thus, when the pallet 610S is transported to the first stop position Po21, thelifting device 300 moves the pallet 610T from the second stop position Po22 and moves the pallet 610U from the first stop position Po21. In addition, the fourth pallet transport mechanism 80D stops the pallet 610V as it is. Therefore, when the pallet 610S is transported from the first stop position Po21 toward the first position of the bottom layer of the pallet storage cabinet 60A and stored, the pallet 610 stopped at the first stop position Po21 can be in a state where there is no pallet. Therefore, thelifting device 300 can transport and store the pallet 610S at the first position of the bottom layer of the pallet storage cabinet 60A in a manner that the pallet 610S does not collide with the subsequent pallet 610T, pallet 610U and pallet 610V.

(其他的處理)另外，控制裝置400亦可在使藥劑配發系統1A工作時(至少開始向托盤保管櫃60A輸送托盤610時)，判斷托盤610是否被保管在托盤保管櫃60A的下部兩層的各保管位置中。(Other Processing) In addition, thecontrol device 400 may also determine whether the tray 610 is stored in each storage position on the lower two levels of the tray storage cabinet 60A when the medicine dispensing system 1A is operated (at least when the tray 610 starts to be transported to the tray storage cabinet 60A).

第一托盤輸送機構80A~第四托盤輸送機構80D將托盤610朝向第一停止位置Po21~第三停止位置Po23進行輸送，但在其相反方向上不進行輸送。因此，當在第一停止位置Po21~第三停止位置Po23上全部停止有托盤610時，第一托盤輸送機構80A~第四托盤輸送機構80D無法使第一停止位置Po21~第三停止位置Po23中的任一處位置空出。因此，在僅托盤保管櫃60A的最下層空出且第一停止位置Po21~第三停止位置Po23上全部停止有托盤610時，在執行了將托盤610輸送到托盤保管櫃60A的處理之情形下，托盤610相互發生碰撞。The first to fourth pallet conveying mechanisms 80A to 80D convey the pallet 610 toward the first to third stop positions Po21 to Po23, but do not convey the pallet 610 in the opposite direction. Therefore, when all the pallets 610 are stopped at the first to third stop positions Po21 to Po23, the first to fourth pallet conveying mechanisms 80A to 80D cannot vacate any of the first to third stop positions Po21 to Po23. Therefore, when only the bottom layer of the pallet storage cabinet 60A is vacant and all the pallets 610 are stopped at the first to third stop positions Po21 to Po23, the pallets 610 collide with each other when the process of conveying the pallets 610 to the pallet storage cabinet 60A is performed.

透過執行如上所述之判斷處理，在托盤保管櫃60A的從下數第二層中任一保管位置均未空出之情形下、且最下層空出之情形下，控制裝置400能夠執行上述朝向最下層的輸送處理。因此，能夠降低托盤610相互碰撞的可能性。By executing the above-mentioned determination process, when none of the storage positions in the second layer from the bottom of the tray storage cabinet 60A is vacant and the bottom layer is vacant, thecontrol device 400 can execute the above-mentioned conveying process toward the bottom layer. Therefore, the possibility of the trays 610 colliding with each other can be reduced.

[鎖定機構]圖32係顯示鎖定機構58之一例之立體圖。圖33係顯示鎖定機構58之動作例之圖。[Locking mechanism] Fig. 32 is a perspective view showing an example of the locking mechanism 58. Fig. 33 is a view showing an example of the operation of the locking mechanism 58.

如圖27中的27001和圖32中的32001所示，托盤配發裝置50A具備鎖定機構58。鎖定機構58是當托盤保管櫃60A被插入了插入口53時將托盤保管櫃60A臨時固定於托盤配發裝置50A之固定部件。如圖27中的27001所示，鎖定機構58設置在托盤配發裝置50A的框體51之用以限定插入口53的部分的一部分上。鎖定機構58設置在框體51中之與托盤保管櫃60A的兩個側壁62A分別相對的位置處。As shown in 27001 in FIG. 27 and 32001 in FIG. 32, the tray dispensing device 50A is provided with a locking mechanism 58. The locking mechanism 58 is a fixing member that temporarily fixes the tray storage cabinet 60A to the tray dispensing device 50A when the tray storage cabinet 60A is inserted into the insertion port 53. As shown in 27001 in FIG. 27, the locking mechanism 58 is provided on a part of the frame 51 of the tray dispensing device 50A that defines the insertion port 53. The locking mechanism 58 is provided at positions in the frame 51 that are respectively opposite to the two side walls 62A of the tray storage cabinet 60A.

實施方式一之托盤配發裝置50上設置有磁鐵，作為臨時固定托盤保管櫃60之固定部件。由於構成托盤保管櫃60之框架由鐵製成，因此托盤保管櫃60藉由磁鐵被固定於托盤配發裝置50。另一方面，由於構成托盤保管櫃60A之框架由鋁製成，因此托盤保管櫃60A不藉由磁鐵固定於托盤配發裝置50 A。因此，在托盤配發裝置50A上設置有將托盤保管櫃60A機械地固定之鎖定機構58。Thetray dispensing device 50 of the first embodiment is provided with a magnet as a fixing member for temporarily fixing the tray storage cabinet 60. Since the frame constituting the tray storage cabinet 60 is made of iron, the tray storage cabinet 60 is fixed to thetray dispensing device 50 by the magnet. On the other hand, since the frame constituting the tray storage cabinet 60A is made of aluminum, the tray storage cabinet 60A is not fixed to the tray dispensing device 50A by the magnet. Therefore, a locking mechanism 58 for mechanically fixing the tray storage cabinet 60A is provided on the tray dispensing device 50A.

如圖32中的32002所示，鎖定機構58包括鎖定部件581、卡片檢測部582、輥583以及驅動部584。As shown in 32002 in Figure 32, the locking mechanism 58 includes a locking component 581, a card detection unit 582, a roller 583 and a driving unit 584.

在框體51中設置於相對位置處的兩個鎖定部件581透過從兩側夾持被插入到插入口53中之托盤保管櫃60A，從而將托盤保管櫃60A固定。鎖定部件581藉由驅動部584，能夠在垂直於側壁585之方向(圖33的33001中的箭頭方向)上移動。透過驅動部584的驅動，改變鎖定部件581從側壁585突出的量。The two locking members 581 disposed at opposite positions in the frame 51 clamp the tray storage cabinet 60A inserted into the insertion port 53 from both sides, thereby fixing the tray storage cabinet 60A. The locking members 581 can be moved in a direction perpendicular to the side wall 585 (the direction of the arrow in 33001 in FIG. 33 ) by the driving part 584. By driving the driving part 584, the amount of protrusion of the locking members 581 from the side wall 585 is changed.

卡片檢測部582檢測被插入到插入口53中且被配置在托盤配發裝置50A可輸送托盤610之位置之托盤保管櫃60A。換言之，卡片檢測部582檢測被配置在由兩個輥583保持的位置處之托盤保管櫃60A。The card detection unit 582 detects the tray storage cabinet 60A inserted into the insertion port 53 and arranged at a position where the tray dispensing device 50A can transport the tray 610. In other words, the card detection unit 582 detects the tray storage cabinet 60A arranged at a position held by the two rollers 583.

在卡片檢測部582未檢測到托盤保管櫃60A之狀態下(托盤保管櫃60A未被插入到插入口53中之狀態下)，如圖33中的33001所示，鎖定部件581停止在突出量最小的最小突出位置處。When the card detection unit 582 does not detect the tray storage cabinet 60A (when the tray storage cabinet 60A is not inserted into the insertion port 53), as shown at 33001 in FIG. 33, the locking member 581 stops at the minimum protrusion position where the protrusion amount is the minimum.

當卡片檢測部582檢測托盤保管櫃60A時，如圖33中的33002所示，驅動部584使鎖定部件581從最小突出位置朝向突出量變為最大之最大突出位置(沿箭頭方向)移動，並使其停止在最大突出位置。在最大突出位置處，鎖定部件581按壓托盤保管櫃60A的側壁62A。兩個鎖定部件581分別按壓托盤保管櫃60A的側壁62A，藉此將托盤保管櫃60A夾在中間並固定。藉此，在向托盤保管櫃60A輸送托盤610的期間能夠相對於托盤配發裝置50A固定托盤保管櫃60A。When the card detection unit 582 detects the tray storage cabinet 60A, as shown in 33002 in FIG. 33, the driving unit 584 moves the locking member 581 from the minimum protrusion position toward the maximum protrusion position (in the direction of the arrow) where the protrusion amount becomes the maximum, and stops it at the maximum protrusion position. At the maximum protrusion position, the locking member 581 presses the side wall 62A of the tray storage cabinet 60A. The two locking members 581 press the side wall 62A of the tray storage cabinet 60A respectively, thereby sandwiching and fixing the tray storage cabinet 60A in the middle. Thereby, the pallet storage cabinet 60A can be fixed relative to the pallet distributing device 50A while the pallet 610 is being transported to the pallet storage cabinet 60A.

當托盤610向托盤保管櫃60A的輸送完成了時，控制裝置400在觸摸面板70(參照圖1)上顯示卡片更換消息(後述)，同時解除由鎖定部件581實施之固定(鎖定)。亦即，此時，驅動部584使鎖定部件581從最大突出位置向最小突出位置移動。When the conveyance of the tray 610 to the tray storage cabinet 60A is completed, thecontrol device 400 displays a card replacement message (described later) on the touch panel 70 (see FIG. 1 ), and simultaneously releases the fixation (locking) performed by the locking member 581. That is, at this time, the driving unit 584 moves the locking member 581 from the maximum protrusion position to the minimum protrusion position.

輥583與被插入到插入口53中的托盤保管櫃60A接觸，並根據托盤保管櫃60A相對於插入口53的拔插而進行旋轉。設置在框體51中相對位置處的兩個輥583透過從兩側夾持被插入到插入口53中之托盤保管櫃60A，從而保持托盤保管櫃60A。The roller 583 contacts the tray storage box 60A inserted into the insertion port 53 and rotates according to the insertion and removal of the tray storage box 60A relative to the insertion port 53. The two rollers 583 provided at opposite positions in the frame 51 hold the tray storage box 60A inserted into the insertion port 53 by clamping it from both sides, thereby holding the tray storage box 60A.

為了實現該夾持，輥583被連接於施力部件(例如：彈簧)。輥583與施力部件之間的連接關係，與圖35中的輥593與施力部件591之間的連接關係相同。當托盤保管櫃60A被插入了插入口53中時，輥583藉由施力部件的作用力按壓托盤保管櫃60A的側壁62A。亦即，兩個輥583被施力部件施力，作為按壓並保持托盤保管櫃60A的側壁62A之卡片保持部發揮作用。In order to achieve this clamping, the roller 583 is connected to a force-applying member (e.g., a spring). The connection relationship between the roller 583 and the force-applying member is the same as the connection relationship between the roller 593 and the force-applying member 591 in FIG. 35 . When the tray storage cabinet 60A is inserted into the insertion port 53, the roller 583 presses the side wall 62A of the tray storage cabinet 60A by the force of the force-applying member. That is, the two rollers 583 are urged by the force-applying member to function as a card holding portion that presses and holds the side wall 62A of the tray storage cabinet 60A.

輥583輔助鎖定部件581對托盤保管櫃60A的固定。輥583保持托盤保管櫃60A，直至插入到插入口53中的托盤保管櫃60A被鎖定部件581固定。藉此，能夠降低托盤保管櫃60A由於地板傾斜等而開始移動之可能性。因此，用戶在將托盤保管櫃60A插入插入口53之後，可不等待鎖定部件581實施之固定而將托盤保管櫃60A放手。此外，在鎖定部件581的固定被解除且用戶使托盤保管櫃60A移動為止的期間，輥583保持托盤保管櫃60A。藉此，能夠降低托盤保管櫃60A由於地板傾斜等而開始移動之可能性。因此，用戶不需要在鎖定部件581的固定被解除之前或之後緊接著把持托盤保管櫃60A。The roller 583 assists the locking member 581 in fixing the tray storage cabinet 60A. The roller 583 holds the tray storage cabinet 60A until the tray storage cabinet 60A inserted into the insertion port 53 is fixed by the locking member 581. This can reduce the possibility that the tray storage cabinet 60A starts to move due to a tilted floor or the like. Therefore, after inserting the tray storage cabinet 60A into the insertion port 53, the user can let go of the tray storage cabinet 60A without waiting for the locking member 581 to fix it. In addition, the roller 583 holds the tray storage cabinet 60A until the fixing of the locking member 581 is released and the user moves the tray storage cabinet 60A. Thereby, the possibility that the tray storage cabinet 60A starts to move due to the tilt of the floor, etc. can be reduced. Therefore, the user does not need to hold the tray storage cabinet 60A immediately before or after the fixing of the locking member 581 is released.

＜變形例＞圖34係顯示作為鎖定機構58的變形例之鎖定機構58A之一例示意圖。圖34中的34001是鎖定機構58A的立體圖，34002是鎖定機構58A的主視圖。圖35係顯示鎖定機構58A的內部結構之頂視圖。圖35中的35001是用以說明托盤保管櫃60A被插入插入口53時的鎖定機構58A之動作示意圖。圖35中的35002是用以說明托盤保管櫃60A被從插入口53拉出時的鎖定機構58A之動作示意圖。<Modification>FIG. 34 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a locking mechanism 58A as a modification of the locking mechanism 58. 34001 in FIG. 34 is a three-dimensional diagram of the locking mechanism 58A, and 34002 is a front view of the locking mechanism 58A. FIG. 35 is a top view showing the internal structure of the locking mechanism 58A. 35001 in FIG. 35 is a schematic diagram for explaining the operation of the locking mechanism 58A when the tray storage cabinet 60A is inserted into the insertion port 53. 35002 in FIG. 35 is a schematic diagram for explaining the operation of the locking mechanism 58A when the tray storage cabinet 60A is pulled out from the insertion port 53.

如圖34所示，鎖定機構58A具備卡片檢測部582和輥593。鎖定機構58A與鎖定機構58的不同點在於：鎖定機構58A未設置鎖定部件581，且代替輥583而設有輥593。在鎖定機構58A中，輥593實現鎖定部件581的功能。As shown in FIG34 , the locking mechanism 58A includes a card detection unit 582 and a roller 593. The locking mechanism 58A is different from the locking mechanism 58 in that the locking mechanism 58A does not include the locking member 581 and includes a roller 593 instead of the roller 583. In the locking mechanism 58A, the roller 593 realizes the function of the locking member 581.

如圖35所示，鎖定機構58A包括施力部件591、棘輪機構592、輥593、驅動部594、以及軸部595。As shown in FIG. 35 , the locking mechanism 58A includes a force applying member 591 , a ratchet mechanism 592 , a roller 593 , a driving portion 594 , and a shaft portion 595 .

施力部件591連接於輥593，並且對輥593施加作用力，以使得如上所述根據插入口53中的托盤保管櫃60A的拔插而輥593能夠按壓托盤保管櫃60A。如圖35中的35001所示，當托盤保管櫃60A被插入到插入口53中時，輥593藉由施力部件591的作用力按壓托盤保管櫃60A的側壁62A。The force applying member 591 is connected to the roller 593 and applies a force to the roller 593 so that the roller 593 can press the tray storage cabinet 60A according to the insertion and removal of the tray storage cabinet 60A in the insertion port 53 as described above. As shown in 35001 in FIG. 35, when the tray storage cabinet 60A is inserted into the insertion port 53, the roller 593 presses the side wall 62A of the tray storage cabinet 60A by the force of the force applying member 591.

棘輪機構592連接於輥593，並限制輥593的旋轉方向為一個方向。棘輪機構592包括齒輪592A和棘爪592B。齒輪592A設置在輥593的旋轉軸上。藉由制動器592B，齒輪592A的旋轉方向被限制為一個方向。The ratchet mechanism 592 is connected to the roller 593 and limits the rotation direction of the roller 593 to one direction. The ratchet mechanism 592 includes a gear 592A and a pawl 592B. The gear 592A is disposed on the rotation axis of the roller 593. The rotation direction of the gear 592A is limited to one direction by the brake 592B.

驅動部594使棘爪592B以軸部595為軸進行旋轉。藉此，能夠進行下述兩狀態的切換：亦即，使棘輪592B鉤在齒輪592A上而使棘輪機構592起作用之狀態，和棘輪592B從齒輪592A離開而使棘輪機構592不起作用之狀態。The driving part 594 rotates the pawl 592B about the shaft part 595. Thus, the following two states can be switched: that is, the state in which the ratchet 592B is hooked on the gear 592A and the ratchet mechanism 592 is activated, and the state in which the ratchet 592B is separated from the gear 592A and the ratchet mechanism 592 is inactivated.

如圖35中的35001所示，當托盤保管櫃60A被插入到插入口53中時，驅動部594使棘爪592B從齒輪592A離開而使棘輪機構592不起作用。該情況下，輥593與輥583同樣地能夠自由旋轉。因此，用戶能夠將托盤保管櫃60A順利地插入到插入口53中。在插入到插入口53中之後，透過由輥593實施之對托盤保管櫃60A的側壁62A的按壓，從而能夠保持托盤保管櫃60A呈不移動。As shown in 35001 in FIG. 35 , when the tray storage cabinet 60A is inserted into the insertion port 53, the driving portion 594 causes the ratchet 592B to separate from the gear 592A, and the ratchet mechanism 592 is inoperative. In this case, the roller 593 can rotate freely like the roller 583. Therefore, the user can smoothly insert the tray storage cabinet 60A into the insertion port 53. After being inserted into the insertion port 53, the tray storage cabinet 60A can be kept from moving by pressing the side wall 62A of the tray storage cabinet 60A by the roller 593.

當卡片檢測部582檢測托盤保管櫃60A時，如圖35中的35002所示，驅動部594使棘輪592B鉤在齒輪592A上而使棘輪機構592起作用。藉此，輥593的旋轉方向被限制在一個方向(托盤保管櫃60A的插入方向)上。因此，能夠降低在將托盤610向托盤保管櫃60A輸送的期間托盤保管櫃60A向其相反方向移動而從插入口53脫落之可能性。When the card detection unit 582 detects the tray storage cabinet 60A, as shown in 35002 in FIG. 35 , the driving unit 594 causes the ratchet 592B to hook onto the gear 592A, thereby causing the ratchet mechanism 592 to operate. As a result, the rotation direction of the roller 593 is limited to one direction (the insertion direction of the tray storage cabinet 60A). Therefore, the possibility that the tray storage cabinet 60A moves in the opposite direction to the tray storage cabinet 60A and falls off from the insertion port 53 can be reduced while the tray 610 is being transported to the tray storage cabinet 60A.

當托盤610向托盤保管櫃60A的輸送完成了時，控制裝置400在觸摸面板70上顯示卡片更換消息(後述)，同時使棘爪592B從齒輪592A離開而解除棘輪機構592的功能。藉此，輥593能夠自由旋轉。因此，用戶能夠從插入口53順利地拉出托盤保管櫃60A。另外，棘輪機構592的功能之解除亦可透過受理用戶輸入而執行。When the conveyance of the tray 610 to the tray storage cabinet 60A is completed, thecontrol device 400 displays a card replacement message (described later) on thetouch panel 70, and simultaneously causes the ratchet 592B to separate from the gear 592A to release the function of the ratchet mechanism 592. As a result, the roller 593 can rotate freely. Therefore, the user can smoothly pull out the tray storage cabinet 60A from the insertion port 53. In addition, the release of the function of the ratchet mechanism 592 can also be executed by accepting user input.

另外，當用戶在棘輪機構592正起作用之狀態下以一定程度以上的力從插入口53拉出了托盤保管櫃60A時，能夠使棘輪機構592的作用無效。亦即，該情況下，即使棘輪機構592起作用，也能夠從插入口53拉出托盤保管櫃60A。此功能例如在非正常時有效。In addition, when the user pulls out the tray storage cabinet 60A from the insertion port 53 with a force greater than a certain level while the ratchet mechanism 592 is in effect, the effect of the ratchet mechanism 592 can be disabled. In other words, in this case, even if the ratchet mechanism 592 is in effect, the tray storage cabinet 60A can be pulled out from the insertion port 53. This function is effective, for example, in an abnormal situation.

[錯誤時的控制]例如，當在托盤配發裝置50A內部發生了錯誤時，控制裝置400停止驅動托盤輸送機構80、卡片資訊變更單元100以及昇降裝置300。此外，控制裝置400經由觸摸面板70通知用戶發生了錯誤。用戶接收該通知並對托盤配發裝置50A的內部進行確認。[Control in the event of an error] For example, when an error occurs inside the tray dispensing device 50A, thecontrol device 400 stops driving the tray conveying mechanism 80, the cardinformation changing unit 100, and thelifting device 300. In addition, thecontrol device 400 notifies the user of the error via thetouch panel 70. The user receives the notification and checks the inside of the tray dispensing device 50A.

例如，當由於第三停止位置Po23處的托盤610的旋轉而托盤610被堵塞時，用戶取出托盤610後，將其再次載置在托盤輸送機構80上。此時，用戶有可能改變托盤610的朝向而進行載置。當在托盤610的朝向被改變之狀態下將托盤610載置在第三停止位置Po23時，昇降裝置300無法以卡片夾510A的朝向面向規定方向之方式載置於托盤610的輸送目的地(例如：托盤保管櫃60A)。此外，昇降裝置300有可能無法把持托盤610。For example, when the tray 610 is blocked due to the rotation of the tray 610 at the third stop position Po23, the user takes out the tray 610 and places it on the tray transport mechanism 80 again. At this time, the user may change the orientation of the tray 610 to place it. When the tray 610 is placed at the third stop position Po23 with the orientation of the tray 610 changed, thelifting device 300 cannot place the tray 610 at the destination (e.g., tray storage cabinet 60A) of the transport in such a way that the card holder 510A faces the prescribed direction. In addition, thelifting device 300 may not be able to hold the tray 610.

在本實施方式中，如圖27的27002所示，在托盤配發裝置50A的底部中，於限定托盤610的輸送路之側壁上的第三停止位置Po23的位置處設置有第一托盤檢測部55。第一托盤檢測部55設置在設有卡片資訊變更單元100側之側壁上。第一托盤檢測部55對托盤610被載置於第三停止位置Po23時之安裝在卡片夾510A的重寫卡RC進行檢測。In this embodiment, as shown in 27002 of FIG. 27 , a first tray detection unit 55 is provided at the bottom of the tray dispensing device 50A at the position of the third stop position Po23 on the side wall defining the conveying path of the tray 610. The first tray detection unit 55 is provided on the side wall on the side where the cardinformation changing unit 100 is provided. The first tray detection unit 55 detects the rewrite card RC mounted in the card holder 510A when the tray 610 is placed at the third stop position Po23.

亦即，當卡片夾510A的朝向未面向卡片資訊變更單元100側時，第一托盤檢測部55無法檢測重寫卡RC。因此，透過設置第一托盤檢測部55，控制裝置400能夠判斷托盤610的朝向恰當與否。因此，在當用戶將托盤610重新載置於第三停止位置Po23時卡片夾510A的朝向未面向卡片資訊變更單元100側之情形下，控制裝置400能夠通知用戶重新再次載置托盤610。That is, when the card holder 510A is not oriented toward the cardinformation change unit 100, the first tray detection unit 55 cannot detect the rewrite card RC. Therefore, by providing the first tray detection unit 55, thecontrol device 400 can determine whether the orientation of the tray 610 is appropriate. Therefore, when the card holder 510A is not oriented toward the cardinformation change unit 100 when the user reloads the tray 610 at the third stop position Po23, thecontrol device 400 can notify the user to reload the tray 610.

此外，在本實施方式中，當用戶取出托盤610後再次將其載置於托盤輸送機構80上時，托盤輸送機構80使托盤610從第三停止位置Po23向與第二停止位置Po22相反的一側移動規定距離(例如：數釐米程度)。然後，托盤輸送機構80執行返回第三停止位置Po23之處理。透過執行該處理，控制裝置400能夠判斷托盤610是否與上述側壁及托盤輸送機構80大致平行地被載置於第三停止位置Po23處。托盤610與上述側壁及托盤輸送機構80大致平行地被載置之狀態，是托盤610被恰當地載置之狀態。Furthermore, in the present embodiment, when the user takes out the tray 610 and places it on the tray conveying mechanism 80 again, the tray conveying mechanism 80 moves the tray 610 from the third stop position Po23 to the side opposite to the second stop position Po22 by a predetermined distance (e.g., several centimeters). Then, the tray conveying mechanism 80 performs a process of returning to the third stop position Po23. By performing this process, thecontrol device 400 can determine whether the tray 610 is placed at the third stop position Po23 substantially parallel to the above-mentioned side wall and the tray conveying mechanism 80. The state in which the tray 610 is placed substantially parallel to the above-mentioned side wall and the tray conveying mechanism 80 is a state in which the tray 610 is properly placed.

為了執行該判斷處理，如圖27中的27002所示，在上述側壁的第三停止位置Po23的位置上設置有第二托盤檢測部56。第二托盤檢測部56在第三停止位置Po23處能夠檢測托盤610，但在使托盤610移動了規定距離之狀態下，設置在無法檢測托盤610的位置。In order to perform this determination process, a second tray detection unit 56 is provided at the third stop position Po23 of the side wall as shown in 27002 in Fig. 27. The second tray detection unit 56 can detect the tray 610 at the third stop position Po23, but is provided at a position where the tray 610 cannot be detected when the tray 610 is moved a predetermined distance.

在托盤610被恰當地載置之情形下，當托盤輸送機構80使被載置於第三停止位置Po23處的托盤610移動了規定距離時，托盤610沿著上述側壁移動。該情況下，第二托盤檢測部56變得無法檢測托盤610。因此，當第二托盤檢測部56變為無法檢測托盤610時，控制裝置400可判斷為托盤610被恰當地載置。When the tray 610 is properly placed, the tray 610 placed at the third stop position Po23 is moved by the tray conveying mechanism 80 by a predetermined distance, and the tray 610 moves along the side wall. In this case, the second tray detection unit 56 cannot detect the tray 610. Therefore, when the second tray detection unit 56 cannot detect the tray 610, thecontrol device 400 can determine that the tray 610 is properly placed.

另一方面，當托盤610未被恰當載置時，即使托盤輸送機構80使被載置於第三停止位置Po23處的托盤610移動規定距離，托盤610也以托盤610的一部分被側壁卡住並呈傾斜地狀態停止。該情況下，第二托盤檢測部56將繼續檢測托盤610。因此，當移動了上述規定距離後第二托盤檢測部56繼續檢測托盤610時，控制裝置400可判斷為托盤610未被恰當載置。On the other hand, when the tray 610 is not properly loaded, even if the tray conveying mechanism 80 moves the tray 610 loaded at the third stop position Po23 by a predetermined distance, the tray 610 stops in a state where a part of the tray 610 is caught by the side wall and tilted. In this case, the second tray detection unit 56 will continue to detect the tray 610. Therefore, when the second tray detection unit 56 continues to detect the tray 610 after moving the predetermined distance, thecontrol device 400 can determine that the tray 610 is not properly loaded.

另外，在卡片資訊變更單元100(例如：卡片裝卸裝置150的頂面)上設有發光裝置(未圖示)。當發生了錯誤時，控制裝置400停止卡片資訊變更單元100的驅動並且使發光裝置亮燈。藉此，用戶能夠識別到即使觸摸了卡片資訊變更單元100也為安全的狀態。In addition, a light emitting device (not shown) is provided on the card information changing unit 100 (e.g., the top surface of the card loading and unloading device 150). When an error occurs, thecontrol device 400 stops driving the cardinformation changing unit 100 and turns on the light emitting device. In this way, the user can recognize that the cardinformation changing unit 100 is safe even if it is touched.

進而，在插入口53的上部設置有物體檢測部57。在托盤保管櫃60A被插入插入口53之狀態下，物體檢測部57檢測從托盤保管櫃60A的開口部61A中跳出之托盤610。藉此，能夠降低處於向托盤保管櫃60A輸送中的托盤610與從開口部61A跳出的托盤610碰撞之可能性。Furthermore, an object detection unit 57 is provided above the insertion port 53. When the tray storage cabinet 60A is inserted into the insertion port 53, the object detection unit 57 detects the tray 610 jumping out of the opening 61A of the tray storage cabinet 60A. This can reduce the possibility of the tray 610 being transported to the tray storage cabinet 60A colliding with the tray 610 jumping out of the opening 61A.

當發生了錯誤時，物體檢測部57作為對物體從插入口53向托盤配發裝置50A內部的進入進行檢測之感測器發揮作用。當發生了錯誤時，托盤配發裝置50A所具備的各部均停止，因此，即使用戶進入托盤配發裝置50A的內部，也能夠確保用戶的安全性。但是，當錯誤被解除時，托盤配發裝置50A所具備的各部開始驅動。此時，當在用戶進入了托盤配發裝置50A的內部之狀態下直接開始該驅動時，用戶將被置於危險之中。When an error occurs, the object detection unit 57 functions as a sensor that detects the entry of an object from the insertion port 53 into the tray dispensing device 50A. When an error occurs, all parts of the tray dispensing device 50A stop, so even if the user enters the interior of the tray dispensing device 50A, the user's safety can be ensured. However, when the error is resolved, the various parts of the tray dispensing device 50A start driving. At this time, if the driving is directly started when the user enters the interior of the tray dispensing device 50A, the user will be placed in danger.

因此，在本實施方式中，在錯誤發生期間當物體檢測部57檢測到上述物體的進入時，控制裝置400不使托盤配發裝置50A所具備的各部驅動。因此，能夠確保用戶的安全性。Therefore, in this embodiment, when the object detection unit 57 detects the entry of the above-mentioned object during the error, thecontrol device 400 does not drive the various components of the tray dispensing device 50A. Therefore, the safety of the user can be ensured.

另外，亦可在托盤配發裝置50A中設置聲音輸出裝置，並且，控制裝置400在發生錯誤時以及錯誤解除時使聲音輸出裝置輸出聲音。In addition, a sound output device may be provided in the tray dispensing device 50A, and thecontrol device 400 may cause the sound output device to output a sound when an error occurs and when the error is resolved.

[卡片更換通知控制]作為控制裝置400顯示卡片更換消息之時刻，可舉出例如以下時刻。所謂的卡片更換消息，是用以提醒用戶更換要插入到插入口53中的托盤保管櫃60A之消息。(1)下一個要被搬運托盤610的病房不同於在此之前配發的托盤610被搬運的病房時。但是，在加塞插進基於處方資料的托盤610的配發中而配發臨時的托盤610時，不顯示卡片更換消息。(2)托盤保管櫃60A已裝滿時。[Card replacement notification control] As the time when thecontrol device 400 displays the card replacement message, the following time can be cited as an example. The so-called card replacement message is a message used to remind the user to replace the tray storage cabinet 60A to be inserted into the insertion port 53. (1) When the ward to which the next tray 610 is to be transported is different from the ward to which the previously distributed tray 610 was transported. However, when a temporary tray 610 is distributed by inserting it into the distribution of the tray 610 based on the prescription data, the card replacement message is not displayed. (2) When the tray storage cabinet 60A is full.

在本實施方式中，當昇降裝置300將要被搬運到多個病房的各病房的所有托盤610都保管於一個托盤保管櫃60A中時，觸摸面板控制部470亦可不在觸摸面板70上顯示卡片更換消息。In this embodiment, when all the trays 610 to be transported to multiple wards by thelifting device 300 are stored in one tray storage cabinet 60A, the touchpanel control unit 470 may not display the card replacement message on thetouch panel 70.

在顯示了卡片更換消息時，昇降裝置300將托盤610朝向托盤保管櫃60A的輸送停止。只要用戶未在觸摸面板70上進行用以執行托盤610向托盤保管櫃60A的配發之用戶輸入，昇降裝置300便不執行托盤610的再次配發動作。即使在托盤610被搬運的病房不同之情形下，當該托盤610被保管於一個托盤保管櫃60A時，也不需要更換托盤保管櫃60A。因此，如上所述，透過在該情況下不顯示卡片更換消息，從而昇降裝置300能夠在不停止托盤610的輸送之情形下繼續進行該輸送。因此，能夠縮短該輸送所涉及之處理時間。When the card replacement message is displayed, thelifting device 300 stops the conveyance of the tray 610 toward the tray storage cabinet 60A. As long as the user does not input on thetouch panel 70 to execute the distribution of the tray 610 to the tray storage cabinet 60A, thelifting device 300 does not execute the re-distribution action of the tray 610. Even if the wards to which the tray 610 is transported are different, when the tray 610 is stored in one tray storage cabinet 60A, there is no need to replace the tray storage cabinet 60A. Therefore, as described above, by not displaying the card replacement message in this case, thelifting device 300 can continue the transportation without stopping the transportation of the tray 610. Therefore, the processing time involved in the transportation can be shortened.

另一方面，考慮下述情況：亦即，昇降裝置300判斷為無法將要被搬運至B病房的所有托盤610全部保管於以例如要被搬運至A病房的托盤610作為保管對象之托盤保管櫃60A中該一情況。該情況下，在要被搬運至A病房的托盤610全部被保管於該托盤保管櫃60A中時，控制裝置400在觸摸面板70上顯示卡片更換消息。藉此，用戶能夠將用以保管要被搬運到B病房的托盤610的另一托盤保管櫃60A插入到插入口53中。此外，能夠降低要被搬運到B病房的托盤610被保管於各個托盤保管櫃60A中的可能性。On the other hand, consider the following case: that is, thelifting device 300 determines that it is impossible to store all the trays 610 to be transported to the B ward in the tray storage cabinet 60A that stores the trays 610 to be transported to the A ward. In this case, when all the trays 610 to be transported to the A ward are stored in the tray storage cabinet 60A, thecontrol device 400 displays a card replacement message on thetouch panel 70. Thereby, the user can insert another tray storage cabinet 60A for storing the trays 610 to be transported to the B ward into the insertion port 53. Furthermore, the possibility that the pallet 610 to be transported to Ward B is stored in each pallet storage cabinet 60A can be reduced.

另外，要被搬運到各病房的托盤610的數量根據處方資料而計算。因此，昇降裝置300能夠判斷要被搬運到多個病房的托盤610是否能夠保管於一個托盤保管櫃60A中。托盤610的數量例如可以由控制裝置400或控制裝置400的上一級系統計算。In addition, the number of trays 610 to be transported to each ward is calculated based on prescription data. Therefore, thelifting device 300 can determine whether the trays 610 to be transported to multiple wards can be stored in one tray storage cabinet 60A. The number of trays 610 can be calculated by thecontrol device 400 or a higher-level system of thecontrol device 400, for example.

[托盤供給裝置]如圖1所示，托盤供給裝置10將托盤610(圖1中為托盤600)以堆疊的狀態加以保持。托盤供給裝置10僅將最下層的托盤610載置在向各裝置輸送托盤610之托盤輸送機構80(參照圖27)上。當托盤輸送機構80向標籤列印裝置20輸送托盤610時，托盤供給裝置10將堆疊保持的托盤610之中最下層的托盤610載置於托盤輸送機構80。[Tray supply device] As shown in FIG. 1 , the tray supply device 10 holds the trays 610 (trays 600 in FIG. 1 ) in a stacked state. The tray supply device 10 places only the tray 610 at the bottom on the tray conveying mechanism 80 (see FIG. 27 ) that conveys the trays 610 to each device. When the tray conveying mechanism 80 conveys the tray 610 to the label printing device 20, the tray supply device 10 places the tray 610 at the bottom of the stacked and held trays 610 on the tray conveying mechanism 80.

在使用實施方式一之托盤600時，要求以托盤600之設置有卡片夾500的面朝向同一方向之方式堆疊所有的托盤600。在以上述面朝向同一方向之方式堆疊了托盤600時，如圖1所示，能夠以托盤600的開口面(收納或取出藥劑的頂面)大致平行之方式穩定地堆疊托盤600。換言之，若不以上述面朝向同一方向之方式堆疊的話，便不能穩定地堆疊托盤600。When using the tray 600 of the first embodiment, it is required to stack all the trays 600 in such a manner that the surfaces of the trays 600 provided with the card holders 500 face the same direction. When the trays 600 are stacked in such a manner that the surfaces face the same direction, as shown in FIG. 1 , the trays 600 can be stacked stably in such a manner that the opening surfaces (the top surfaces for storing or taking out medicines) of the trays 600 are substantially parallel. In other words, if the trays 600 are not stacked in such a manner that the surfaces face the same direction, the trays 600 cannot be stacked stably.

所有托盤600在以上述面朝向標籤列印裝置20側的方向之方式被堆疊之狀態下，被配置在托盤供給裝置10上。但是，為了使控制裝置400判斷托盤600是否以該狀態被配置，在托盤供給裝置10上，與被載置於托盤輸送機構80的托盤600的卡片夾500相對之位置處，設置有支架檢測部(未圖示)。All trays 600 are arranged on the tray supply device 10 in a state in which they are stacked in the above-mentioned direction facing the label printing device 20. However, in order for thecontrol device 400 to determine whether the tray 600 is arranged in this state, a holder detection unit (not shown) is provided on the tray supply device 10 at a position opposite to the card holder 500 of the tray 600 placed on the tray conveying mechanism 80.

支架檢測部是檢測被載置於托盤輸送機構80上的托盤600的卡片夾500之感測器。僅在被載置於托盤輸送機構80上的托盤600的卡片夾500朝向標籤列印裝置20側的方向時，支架檢測部能夠檢測卡片夾500。因此，當托盤600以卡片夾500朝向與標籤列印裝置20相反的一側之方式被載置於托盤輸送機構80時，控制裝置400可通知用戶移除該托盤600。The holder detection unit is a sensor that detects the card holder 500 of the tray 600 placed on the tray conveying mechanism 80. The holder detection unit can detect the card holder 500 only when the card holder 500 of the tray 600 placed on the tray conveying mechanism 80 faces the label printing device 20 side. Therefore, when the tray 600 is placed on the tray conveying mechanism 80 with the card holder 500 facing the side opposite to the label printing device 20, thecontrol device 400 can notify the user to remove the tray 600.

如上所述，當使用托盤600時，所有托盤600均在以設置有卡片夾500的面朝向標籤列印裝置20側的方向之方式被堆疊之狀態下，被配置在托盤供給裝置10上。因此，支架檢測部只要僅在托盤供給裝置10最初將托盤600載置於托盤輸送機構80時(載置了最下層的托盤600時)執行該托盤600的卡片夾500的檢測動作即可。As described above, when the trays 600 are used, all the trays 600 are arranged on the tray supply device 10 in a state where the surface on which the card holder 500 is provided faces the label printing device 20. Therefore, the holder detection unit only needs to perform the detection operation of the card holder 500 of the tray 600 when the tray supply device 10 initially places the tray 600 on the tray conveying mechanism 80 (when the tray 600 on the bottom layer is placed).

另一方面，當使用了本實施方式之托盤610時，即使不以設置有卡片夾510A的面朝向同一方向之方式堆疊托盤610，也能夠穩定地堆疊托盤610。因此，在托盤供給裝置10中堆疊的托盤610的卡片夾510A不限於全部朝向標籤列印裝置20側。例如，即使最下層的托盤610朝向標籤列印裝置20側，在更上層的托盤610中卡片夾510A也有可能朝向與標籤列印裝置20相反的一側。因此，在僅對最下層的托盤610執行了上述檢測動作時，即使存在卡片夾510A朝向與標籤列印裝置20相反的一側之托盤610，也無法對該托盤610進行檢測。該情況下，在卡片資訊變更單元100的卡片裝卸裝置150無法拔出重寫卡RC該一錯誤發生之前，無法通知用戶卡片夾510A朝向與標籤列印裝置20相反的一側該一情況。由於為將藥劑收納於托盤610之後的錯誤通知，因此至藥劑配發系統1A的動作恢復為止需要時間。On the other hand, when the trays 610 of the present embodiment are used, the trays 610 can be stably stacked even if the trays 610 are not stacked in such a manner that the surfaces provided with the card holders 510A face the same direction. Therefore, the card holders 510A of the trays 610 stacked in the tray supply device 10 are not limited to all facing the label printing device 20 side. For example, even if the trays 610 at the bottom layer face the label printing device 20 side, the card holders 510A in the trays 610 at the upper layer may face the side opposite to the label printing device 20. Therefore, when the above-mentioned detection operation is performed only on the tray 610 at the bottom, even if there is a tray 610 with the card holder 510A facing the side opposite to the label printing device 20, the tray 610 cannot be detected. In this case, the user cannot be notified of the fact that the card holder 510A faces the side opposite to the label printing device 20 until an error occurs that the card loading andunloading device 150 of the cardinformation changing unit 100 cannot remove the rewrite card RC. Since the error notification is made after the medicine is stored in the tray 610, it takes time for the medicine dispensing system 1A to recover.

在本實施方式中，在使用托盤610之情形下，每次托盤供給裝置10將托盤610載置於托盤輸送機構80(亦即，每一托盤)時，支架檢測部便執行卡片夾510A的檢測動作。當支架檢測部無法檢測卡片夾510A時，控制裝置400通知用戶移除該托盤610。因此，在托盤610被托盤輸送機構80輸送之前，能夠通知用戶卡片夾510A朝向與標籤列印裝置20相反的一側該一情況。因此，由於在將藥劑收納於托盤610之後無需進行錯誤通知，因此能夠在短時間內恢復藥劑配發系統1A的動作。In the present embodiment, when the tray 610 is used, each time the tray supply device 10 places the tray 610 on the tray conveying mechanism 80 (i.e., each tray), the holder detection unit performs a detection operation of the card holder 510A. When the holder detection unit cannot detect the card holder 510A, thecontrol device 400 notifies the user to remove the tray 610. Therefore, before the tray 610 is conveyed by the tray conveying mechanism 80, the user can be notified that the card holder 510A is facing the side opposite to the label printing device 20. Therefore, since no error notification is required after the medicine is stored in the tray 610, the operation of the medicine dispensing system 1A can be restored in a short time.

另外，在使用托盤600之情形下，支架檢測部亦可對每一托盤執行檢測動作。當卡片夾500未朝向標籤列印裝置20側之托盤600被配置於托盤供給裝置10時，托盤檢測部能夠檢測該托盤600。In addition, when using the tray 600, the support detection unit can also perform a detection operation on each tray. When the tray 600 with the card holder 500 not facing the label printing device 20 is arranged on the tray supply device 10, the tray detection unit can detect the tray 600.

[藉由軟體實現之例子]控制裝置400的控制塊(特別是昇降控制部410、移動控制部420、電磁閥控制部430、卡片有無判斷部440、卡片輸送控制部450、顯示變更控制部460以及觸摸面板控制部470)既可以藉由形成於積體電路(IC晶片)等的邏輯電路(硬體)實現，亦可藉由軟體實現。[Example of implementation by software] The control blocks of the control device 400 (especially the liftingcontrol unit 410, themovement control unit 420, the electromagneticvalve control unit 430, the cardpresence determination unit 440, the cardtransport control unit 450, the displaychange control unit 460 and the touch panel control unit 470) can be implemented by a logic circuit (hardware) formed in an integrated circuit (IC chip) or the like, or can be implemented by software.

在後者之情形下，控制裝置400具備計算機，該計算機執行作為實現各功能的軟體的程式之指令。該計算機具備例如一個以上的處理器，並且具備儲存有上述程式的計算機可讀記錄介質。而且，在上述計算機中，透過由上述處理器從上述記錄介質中讀取上述程式並執行該程式，從而實現本發明之目的。作為上述處理器，例如可使用CPU(中央處理單元)。作為上述記錄介質，可使用例如ROM(唯讀記憶體)等以及磁帶、磁片、卡、半導體記憶體、可程式設計邏輯電路等“非臨時有形介質”。另外，亦可進一步具備用以擴展上述程式的RAM(隨機存取記憶體)等。此外，上述程式亦可經由能夠傳送該程式的任意傳送介質(通信網路或廣播波等)而被提供給計算機。另外，本發明一實施方式還能夠以上述程式透過電子傳輸被實現之、嵌入在載波中的資料訊號之形態而實現。In the latter case, thecontrol device 400 has a computer that executes instructions of a program that is software for realizing various functions. The computer has, for example, one or more processors, and has a computer-readable recording medium storing the above-mentioned program. Moreover, in the above-mentioned computer, the above-mentioned program is read from the above-mentioned recording medium by the above-mentioned processor and executed, thereby realizing the purpose of the present invention. As the above-mentioned processor, for example, a CPU (central processing unit) can be used. As the above-mentioned recording medium, for example, ROM (read-only memory) and the like, as well as "non-temporary tangible media" such as magnetic tapes, magnetic disks, cards, semiconductor memories, programmable logic circuits, etc. can be used. In addition, a RAM (random access memory) or the like for expanding the above-mentioned program may be further provided. In addition, the above-mentioned program may also be provided to the computer via any transmission medium (communication network or broadcast wave, etc.) capable of transmitting the program. In addition, an embodiment of the present invention may also be implemented in the form of a data signal embedded in a carrier wave in which the above-mentioned program is implemented through electronic transmission.

(附記事項)本發明不限於上述各實施方式，在申請專利範圍所示之範圍內可以進行各種變更，並且，透過適當地組合不同實施方式中分別揭露的技術手段而獲得之實施方式，也包括於本發明之技術範圍內。(Notes)This invention is not limited to the above-mentioned embodiments. Various changes can be made within the scope of the patent application. Moreover, the embodiments obtained by appropriately combining the technical means disclosed in different embodiments are also included in the technical scope of this invention.

60,60A:托盤保管櫃150:卡片裝卸裝置(卡片安裝裝置)151:卡片吸附部152,153:引導部(彎曲機構)154,155:輥156,157:O形圈(緩衝部件)161:支撐部(彎曲機構)162,163:支撐軸(彎曲機構)164,165:彈簧(伸縮部件)173:Z軸電動機(插入動作部)174:θ軸電動機(旋轉部、卡片移動部)200:卡片輸送裝置210:卡片載置部(卡片保持部、第二卡片保持部)211:開口部(區域)212:底部213,214:側壁250:顯示變更裝置300:昇降裝置(托盤輸送裝置)301:托盤輸送部60,60A: Tray storage cabinet150: Card loading and unloading device (card installation device)151: Card adsorption part152,153: Guide part (bending mechanism)154,155: Roller156,157: O-ring (buffer component)161: Support part (bending mechanism)162,163: Support shaft (bending mechanism)164,165: Spring (extension component)17 3: Z-axis motor (insertion motion part)174: θ-axis motor (rotation part, card moving part)200: card transport device210: card loading part (card holding part, second card holding part)211: opening part (area)212: bottom213,214: side wall250: display change device300: lifting device (tray transport device)301: tray transport part

500~504,510,510A:卡片夾(卡片保持部、第一卡片保持部)500~504,510,510A: Card holder (card holder, first card holder)

511,561:外邊緣部511,561:Outer edge

512,521,531,562:底部512,521,531,562: bottom

513:卡片安裝部513: Card installation department

514,533,564:爪部514,533,564: Claws

516:通氣孔516: Ventilation hole

515,523,551:卡片引導部515,523,551: Card Guidance Department

517:開口部517: Opening

561t:上部壁(側壁)561t: Upper wall (side wall)

563:卡片安裝部(區域)563: Card installation area

565:卡片支撐部565:Card support part

566:切口部566: Incision

600,610,620:托盤600,610,620:Pallet

RC:重寫卡(卡片)RC: Rewrite Card (Card)

RCc:角部RCc: Corner

Po11:第一位置Po11: First position

Po12:第二位置Po12: Second position

[圖1]係顯示藥劑配發系統的構成例之示意圖。[圖2]係顯示托盤的構成例之示意圖。[圖3]係顯示重寫卡之一例之圖。[圖4]係顯示托盤配發裝置的構成例之框圖。[圖5]係顯示卡片資訊變更單元的構成之立體圖。[圖6]係顯示卡片裝卸裝置所具備的位置感測器之圖。[圖7]係顯示卡片輸送裝置的構成之圖。[圖8]係將重寫卡收納於卡片夾時的卡片吸附部之側視圖。[圖9]係顯示從卡片夾拔出重寫卡時的卡片裝卸裝置之動作例之圖。[圖10]係顯示卡片裝卸裝置將重寫卡載置於卡片載置部上的動作之圖。[圖11]係顯示昇降裝置的構成例之圖。[圖12]係顯示第二支撐部的動作例之圖。[圖13]係顯示將托盤輸送至托盤保管櫃時的第一支撐部和第二支撐部之動作例之圖。[圖14]係顯示托盤保管櫃中的托盤的保管例之圖。[圖15]係顯示由昇降控制部執行的控制例之流程圖。[圖16]係顯示卡片夾的構成例之圖。[圖17]係顯示卡片夾的變形例之圖。[圖18]係顯示卡片夾的變形例之圖。[圖19]係顯示卡片夾的變形例之圖。[圖20]係顯示卡片資訊變更單元的另一構成之概要之圖。[圖21]係顯示托盤的構成例之圖。[圖22]係顯示卡片夾的構成例之圖。[圖23]係顯示將重寫卡安裝至卡片夾上時的動作例之圖。[圖24]係顯示托盤的構成例之立體圖。[圖25]係顯示將支架保持部件安裝於托盤之狀態之圖。[圖26]係顯示將支架保持部件安裝於托盤之狀態之圖。[圖27]係顯示托盤配發裝置的概略構成之一例之圖。[圖28]係顯示托盤保管櫃之一例之圖。[圖29]係顯示將托盤輸送至托盤保管櫃的最下層以外的保管位置時之托盤的輸送例之圖。[圖30]係顯示將托盤輸送至托盤保管櫃的最下層第三位置時之托盤的輸送例之圖。[圖31]係顯示將托盤輸送至托盤保管櫃的最下層第二位置及最下層第一位置時之托盤的輸送例之圖。[圖32]係顯示鎖定機構之一例之立體圖。[圖33]係顯示鎖定機構的動作例之圖。[圖34]係顯示變形例之鎖定機構之一例之圖。[圖35]係顯示變形例之鎖定機構的內部結構之頂視圖。[Figure 1] is a schematic diagram showing an example of the configuration of a medicine dispensing system.[Figure 2] is a schematic diagram showing an example of the configuration of a tray.[Figure 3] is a diagram showing an example of a rewrite card.[Figure 4] is a block diagram showing an example of the configuration of a tray dispensing device.[Figure 5] is a three-dimensional diagram showing the configuration of a card information changing unit.[Figure 6] is a diagram showing a position sensor provided in a card loading and unloading device.[Figure 7] is a diagram showing the configuration of a card transport device.[Figure 8] is a side view of a card adsorption portion when a rewrite card is stored in a card holder.[Figure 9] is a diagram showing an example of the operation of the card loading and unloading device when a rewrite card is removed from a card holder.[Figure 10] is a diagram showing the operation of the card loading and unloading device placing a rewrite card on a card placing portion.[Fig. 11] is a diagram showing a configuration example of a lifting device.[Fig. 12] is a diagram showing an operation example of the second support unit.[Fig. 13] is a diagram showing an operation example of the first support unit and the second support unit when a tray is transported to a tray storage cabinet.[Fig. 14] is a diagram showing an example of storage of a tray in a tray storage cabinet.[Fig. 15] is a flowchart showing an example of control performed by a lifting control unit.[Fig. 16] is a diagram showing a configuration example of a card holder.[Fig. 17] is a diagram showing a modified example of a card holder.[Fig. 18] is a diagram showing a modified example of a card holder.[Fig. 19] is a diagram showing a modified example of a card holder.[Figure 20] is a diagram showing another schematic configuration of the card information changing unit.[Figure 21] is a diagram showing a configuration example of a tray.[Figure 22] is a diagram showing a configuration example of a card holder.[Figure 23] is a diagram showing an example of an operation when a rewrite card is mounted on a card holder.[Figure 24] is a three-dimensional diagram showing a configuration example of a tray.[Figure 25] is a diagram showing a state where a holder holding component is mounted on a tray.[Figure 26] is a diagram showing a state where a holder holding component is mounted on a tray.[Figure 27] is a diagram showing an example of a schematic configuration of a tray dispensing device.[Figure 28] is a diagram showing an example of a tray storage cabinet.[Figure 29] is a diagram showing an example of transporting a pallet when the pallet is transported to a storage position other than the bottom layer of the pallet storage cabinet.[Figure 30] is a diagram showing an example of transporting a pallet when the pallet is transported to the third position of the bottom layer of the pallet storage cabinet.[Figure 31] is a diagram showing an example of transporting a pallet when the pallet is transported to the second position of the bottom layer and the first position of the bottom layer of the pallet storage cabinet.[Figure 32] is a three-dimensional diagram showing an example of a locking mechanism.[Figure 33] is a diagram showing an example of the operation of the locking mechanism.[Figure 34] is a diagram showing an example of a locking mechanism of a modified example.[Fig. 35] is a top view showing the internal structure of the locking mechanism of the modification.

150:卡片裝卸裝置(卡片安裝裝置)150: Card loading and unloading device (card installation device)

151:卡片吸附部151: Card adsorption part

152,153:引導部(彎曲機構)152,153: Guide part (bending mechanism)

154,155:輥154,155:Roll

156,157:O形圈(緩衝部件)156,157: O-ring (buffer component)

161:支撐部(彎曲機構)161: Support part (bending mechanism)

162,163:支撐軸(彎曲機構)162,163: Support shaft (bending mechanism)

164,165:彈簧(伸縮部件)164,165: Spring (extension component)

171:過濾器171:Filter

172:電磁閥172:Solenoid valve

173:Z軸電動機(插入動作部)173: Z-axis motor (insertion motion part)

174:θ軸電動機(旋轉部、卡片移動部)174: θ-axis motor (rotating part, card moving part)

175:吸附確認感測器175: Adsorption confirmation sensor

176:卡片檢測部176: Card Inspection Department

200:卡片輸送裝置200: Card transport device

210:卡片載置部(卡片保持部、第二卡片保持部)210: Card loading unit (card holding unit, second card holding unit)

250:顯示變更裝置250: Display changed device

5001:係顯示從一方向觀察卡片資訊變更單元100的立體圖5001: A three-dimensional image showing the cardinformation change unit 100 viewed from one direction

5002:係顯示從與上述一方向不同的另一方向觀察卡片資訊變更單元100的立體圖5002: A three-dimensional image showing the cardinformation change unit 100 observed from another direction different from the above direction

Claims (27)

Translated fromChinese

一種卡片安裝裝置，相對於卡片保持部安裝卡片，所述卡片保持部具有在保持著具有撓性的所述卡片之狀態下其外邊緣部的一部分應被插入之間隙，所述卡片安裝裝置之特徵係在於，具備：卡片吸附部，係從表面側吸附所述卡片，彎曲機構，係使被所述卡片吸附部吸附的所述卡片彎曲，以及插入動作部，係透過使被所述彎曲機構彎曲的所述卡片沿著從所述卡片保持部的正面側朝向所述卡片保持部之第一方向移動，從而將所述外邊緣部插入所述間隙中。A card mounting device is provided for mounting a card on a card holding portion, wherein the card holding portion has a gap into which a portion of the outer edge portion should be inserted while holding the flexible card. The card mounting device is characterized in that it comprises: a card adsorption portion for adsorbing the card from the surface side, a bending mechanism for bending the card adsorbed by the card adsorption portion, and an insertion action portion for inserting the outer edge portion into the gap by moving the card bent by the bending mechanism in a first direction from the front side of the card holding portion toward the card holding portion.如請求項1所述之卡片安裝裝置，其中，所述彎曲機構具有一對引導部，該一對引導部相對於所述卡片吸附部設置在所述卡片的表面方向的兩側，並且作為使所述卡片吸附部所吸附的所述卡片彎曲時的支點發揮作用。The card mounting device as described in claim 1, wherein the bending mechanism has a pair of guide parts, which are arranged on both sides of the surface direction of the card relative to the card adsorption part, and serve as a fulcrum when the card adsorbed by the card adsorption part is bent.如請求項2所述之卡片安裝裝置，其中，所述插入動作部使所述一對引導部與所述卡片吸附部一同沿所述第一方向移動。A card installation device as described in claim 2, wherein the insertion action portion causes the pair of guide portions and the card adsorption portion to move along the first direction together.如請求項3所述之卡片安裝裝置，其中，所述插入動作部透過使所述卡片吸附部和所述一對引導部沿所述第一方向接近所述卡片保持部，從而將被所述卡片吸附部和所述一對引導部以彎曲狀態保持之所述卡片壓入所述卡片保持部中。The card installation device as described in claim 3, wherein the insertion action portion makes the card adsorption portion and the pair of guide portions approach the card holding portion along the first direction, thereby pressing the card held in a bent state by the card adsorption portion and the pair of guide portions into the card holding portion.如請求項3所述之卡片安裝裝置，其中，在支撐所述一對引導部的各個引導部之支撐軸上，設置有隨著所述一對引導部的各個引導部的移動而伸展或收縮之伸縮部件。A card mounting device as described in claim 3, wherein a retractable component is provided on a support shaft supporting each guide portion of the pair of guide portions, which extends or contracts as each guide portion of the pair of guide portions moves.如請求項3所述之卡片安裝裝置，其中，所述一對引導部的各個引導部具備輥，該輥透過旋轉而至少輔助所述卡片朝向所述第一方向之移動。A card mounting device as described in claim 3, wherein each guide portion of the pair of guide portions has a roller, and the roller at least assists the movement of the card toward the first direction by rotating.如請求項6所述之卡片安裝裝置，其中，所述卡片保持部是設置在卡片輸送裝置中的第二卡片保持部，該卡片輸送裝置將所述卡片輸送到用以變更所述卡片的顯示資訊之顯示變更裝置；所述輥透過與所述外邊緣部被插入到所述間隙中的所述卡片抵接，從而對所述卡片之朝向所述卡片輸送裝置輸送所述卡片的輸送方向之移動進行輔助。A card installation device as described in claim 6, wherein the card holding portion is a second card holding portion provided in a card transporting device, and the card transporting device transports the card to a display changing device for changing the display information of the card; the roller abuts against the card whose outer edge is inserted into the gap, thereby assisting the movement of the card in the transporting direction of the card transporting the card toward the card transporting device.如請求項3所述之卡片安裝裝置，其中，所述一對引導部的各個引導部在與所述卡片接觸的接觸面的至少一部分上，設有用以緩和所述卡片接觸時的衝擊之緩衝部件。A card mounting device as described in claim 3, wherein each guide portion of the pair of guide portions is provided with a buffer component on at least a portion of the contact surface with the card to mitigate the impact of the card when it contacts the card.如請求項3所述之卡片安裝裝置，其中，所述卡片保持部是(1)設置在收納藥劑的托盤的側面之第一卡片保持部，或者，(2)設置在將所述卡片輸送到用以變更所述卡片的顯示資訊之顯示變更裝置的卡片輸送裝置中之第二卡片保持部；所述卡片安裝裝置具備旋轉部，該旋轉部以所述卡片吸附部和所述一對引導部分別與所述第一卡片保持部和所述第二卡片保持部相對之方式，使所述卡片吸附部和所述一對引導部旋轉。A card mounting device as described in claim 3, wherein the card holding portion is (1) a first card holding portion provided on the side of a tray for storing medicines, or (2) a second card holding portion provided in a card transport device for transporting the card to a display changing device for changing display information of the card; the card mounting device has a rotating portion, which rotates the card adsorption portion and the pair of guide portions in such a manner that the card adsorption portion and the pair of guide portions are respectively opposite to the first card holding portion and the second card holding portion.如請求項9所述之卡片安裝裝置，其中，所述第一卡片保持部位於所述卡片安裝裝置的水平方向上，所述第二卡片保持部配置於所述卡片安裝裝置的豎直方向上。A card mounting device as described in claim 9, wherein the first card holding portion is located in the horizontal direction of the card mounting device, and the second card holding portion is located in the vertical direction of the card mounting device.如請求項1所述之卡片安裝裝置，其中，所述卡片保持部是設置在收納藥劑的托盤的側面之第一卡片保持部；所述卡片安裝裝置具備卡片檢測部，該卡片檢測部檢測所述卡片是否被保持於所述第一卡片保持部；所述卡片檢測部執行如下檢測動作，該檢測動作是指：檢測在所述卡片的顯示資訊被用以變更所述卡片的顯示資訊之顯示變更裝置變更的期間，所述第一卡片保持部上是否保持有與該顯示資訊被變更的所述卡片不同的卡片。A card mounting device as described in claim 1, wherein the card holding portion is a first card holding portion provided on the side of a tray for storing medicines; the card mounting device is provided with a card detection portion, the card detection portion detecting whether the card is held in the first card holding portion; the card detection portion performs the following detection action, the detection action being: detecting whether a card different from the card whose display information is changed is held on the first card holding portion during a period in which the display information of the card is changed by a display changing device for changing the display information of the card.如請求項1所述之卡片安裝裝置，其中，所述卡片保持部是設置在將所述卡片輸送到用以變更所述卡片的顯示資訊之顯示變更裝置的卡片輸送裝置中之第二卡片保持部；所述第二卡片保持部的側壁限定了所述卡片被安裝的區域；所述區域的角部形成為：在頂視所述第二卡片保持部時，在所述區域的端部處朝向在所述卡片邊彎曲邊被從所述第二卡片保持部的正面安裝時所述卡片延伸之方向，使與該方向垂直的方向的寬度變短。A card installation device as described in claim 1, wherein the card holding portion is a second card holding portion provided in a card transporting device for transporting the card to a display changing device for changing display information of the card; the side wall of the second card holding portion defines an area where the card is installed; the corner of the area is formed such that, when the second card holding portion is viewed from the top, the width in a direction perpendicular to the direction in which the card extends when the card is installed from the front of the second card holding portion at the end of the area becomes shorter.如請求項1所述之卡片安裝裝置，其中，所述卡片安裝裝置具備卡片移動部，該卡片移動部是使在頂視所述卡片保持部時與所述卡片保持部在從所述卡片安裝於所述卡片保持部的第一位置偏移了的第二位置處抵接、且被所述彎曲機構彎曲之所述卡片，從所述第二位置朝向所述第一位置移動。A card installation device as described in claim 1, wherein the card installation device has a card moving portion, the card moving portion causing the card, which abuts against the card holding portion at a second position offset from a first position where the card is installed in the card holding portion when viewed from the top, and is bent by the bending mechanism, to move from the second position toward the first position.一種卡片裝卸裝置，具有藉由請求項1至13中任一項所述之卡片安裝裝置而實現之功能，並且將被所述卡片保持部保持的所述卡片拔除，該卡片裝卸裝置之特徵係在於，所述插入動作部具有透過使被所述彎曲機構彎曲的所述卡片朝向與所述第一方向相反的方向、亦即第二方向移動，從而將所述外邊緣部從所述間隙中拔出之功能。A card loading and unloading device has the function of being realized by the card installation device described in any one of claims 1 to 13, and removes the card held by the card holding portion, wherein the insertion action portion has the function of removing the outer edge portion from the gap by moving the card bent by the bending mechanism in a direction opposite to the first direction, that is, a second direction.如請求項14所述之卡片裝卸裝置，其中，所述彎曲機構具有一對引導部，該一對引導部相對於所述卡片吸附部設置在所述卡片的表面方向的兩側，並且作為使所述卡片吸附部所吸附的所述卡片彎曲時的支點發揮作用；所述插入動作部使所述一對引導部與所述卡片吸附部一同沿所述第一方向或所述第二方向移動；所述插入動作部進一步地進行如下動作：透過使所述卡片吸附部和所述一對引導部沿著所述第一方向接近所述卡片保持部，從而使被所述卡片保持部保持的所述卡片被所述卡片吸附部吸附，在所述卡片吸附部吸附有所述卡片之狀態下，使所述卡片吸附部相對於所述一對引導部相對地沿所述第二方向移動，從而使所述卡片彎曲。The card loading and unloading device as described in claim 14, wherein the bending mechanism has a pair of guide parts, which are arranged on both sides of the surface direction of the card relative to the card adsorption part and serve as a fulcrum for bending the card adsorbed by the card adsorption part; the insertion action part moves the pair of guide parts together with the card adsorption part along the first direction or the second direction; the insertion action part further performs the following actions: by making the card adsorption part and the pair of guide parts approach the card holding part along the first direction, so that the card held by the card holding part is adsorbed by the card adsorption part, and in the state where the card adsorption part adsorbs the card, the card adsorption part moves relative to the pair of guide parts along the second direction, so that the card is bent.一種卡片夾，設置在收納藥劑的托盤的側面且將具有撓性的卡片進行保持，該卡片夾之特徵係在於，在所述卡片夾的外邊緣部的相對的部分上設置有一對爪部；所述一對爪部沿著所述卡片的變形方向突出，該變形方向是指：所述卡片邊彎曲邊被從所述卡片夾的正面拔除時、或者所述卡片邊彎曲邊被從所述卡片夾的正面安裝時之所述卡片的變形方向。A card holder is provided on the side of a tray for storing medicines and holds a flexible card. The card holder is characterized in that a pair of claws are provided on opposite parts of the outer edge of the card holder; the pair of claws protrude along the deformation direction of the card, and the deformation direction refers to the deformation direction of the card when the card is pulled out from the front of the card holder while being bent, or when the card is installed from the front of the card holder while being bent.如請求項16所述之卡片夾，其中，所述卡片透過吸附而被從所述卡片夾拔除；在所述卡片夾的底部設有通氣孔。A card holder as described in claim 16, wherein the card is removed from the card holder by adsorption; and a vent hole is provided at the bottom of the card holder.如請求項16或17所述之卡片夾，其中，在所述外邊緣部設有卡片引導部，該卡片引導部是當相對於所述卡片夾以彎曲狀態被推抵之所述卡片的角部接觸時，將所述卡片的角部引導向所述一對爪部之部件。A card holder as described in claim 16 or 17, wherein a card guide portion is provided on the outer edge portion, and the card guide portion is a component that guides the corner of the card toward the pair of claws when the corner of the card pushed against the card holder in a bent state contacts the card.如請求項18所述之卡片夾，其中，所述卡片引導部是限定所述卡片被安裝的區域之、所述外邊緣部的一部分，所述卡片引導部以下述方式設置在所述區域的角部，該方式是指：在頂視所述卡片夾時，在所述區域的端部處朝向在所述卡片邊彎曲邊被從所述卡片夾的正面安裝時所述卡片延伸之方向，使與該方向垂直的方向的寬度變短該一方式。The card holder as claimed in claim 18, wherein the card guide portion is a part of the outer edge portion of the area where the card is installed, and the card guide portion is arranged at the corner of the area in the following manner: when the card holder is viewed from the top, the width of the card in the direction perpendicular to the direction in which the card extends when the card is installed from the front of the card holder at the bent side of the card is shortened at the end of the area.如請求項18所述之卡片夾，其中，所述卡片引導部從所述外邊緣部的一部分朝向所述卡片夾的底部之分別與所述一對爪部相對的區域附近傾斜。A card holder as described in claim 18, wherein the card guide portion is inclined from a portion of the outer edge portion toward the bottom of the card holder near the area opposite to the pair of claws.如請求項16所述之卡片夾，其中，在所述卡片夾的底部之至少與所述一對爪部相對的區域中設置有開口部。A card holder as described in claim 16, wherein an opening is provided in at least the area of the bottom of the card holder that is opposite to the pair of claws.如請求項16所述之卡片夾，其中，所述卡片夾的底部是平坦的。A card holder as described in claim 16, wherein the bottom of the card holder is flat.如請求項16所述之卡片夾，其中，所述卡片夾的底部之至少與所述一對爪部相對的區域低於所述底部的其他區域。A card holder as described in claim 16, wherein at least the area of the bottom of the card holder opposite to the pair of claws is lower than other areas of the bottom.如請求項16所述之卡片夾，其中，所述外邊緣部限定了所述卡片被安裝的區域；所述卡片在從所述區域偏移的位置處自所述卡片夾的正面側與所述卡片夾抵接之後移動至所述區域，從而被安裝於所述卡片夾；在所述外邊緣部之、所述卡片與所述卡片夾抵接側的側壁的兩側，形成有切口部。A card holder as described in claim 16, wherein: the outer edge defines an area where the card is installed; the card moves to the area after abutting against the card holder from the front side of the card holder at a position offset from the area, thereby being installed in the card holder; and cutouts are formed on both sides of the side wall of the outer edge where the card abuts against the card holder.如請求項24所述之卡片夾，其中，所述一對爪部分別沿著限定所述區域之兩條邊延伸；在所述一對爪部各自的、所述卡片與所述卡片夾抵接側的相反側的端部上，設置有用以支撐所述卡片之卡片支撐部。A card holder as described in claim 24, wherein the pair of claws extend along two sides defining the area respectively; and a card supporting portion for supporting the card is provided at the end of each of the pair of claws on the opposite side of the side where the card abuts against the card holder.一種托盤輸送裝置，將托盤輸送到用以保管收納有藥劑的多個所述托盤之托盤保管櫃中，該托盤輸送裝置之特徵係在於，具有托盤輸送部，其中，所述托盤輸送部構成為如下：在將所述多個托盤劃分為搬運目的地互不相同的第一托盤組和第二托盤組並向所述托盤保管櫃配發之情形下，當向所述托盤保管櫃配發所述第一托盤組時，受理了表示允許向所述托盤保管櫃配發所述第二托盤組之用戶輸入之情形下，在所述第一托盤組之向所述托盤保管櫃的配發完成之後，接著開始所述第二托盤組的配發。A pallet conveying device is provided for conveying a pallet to a pallet storage cabinet for storing a plurality of pallets containing medicines. The pallet conveying device is characterized in that it has a pallet conveying unit, wherein the pallet conveying unit is configured as follows: when the plurality of pallets are divided into a first pallet group and a second pallet group having different transport destinations and distributed to the pallet storage cabinet, when the first pallet group is distributed to the pallet storage cabinet, when a user input indicating permission to distribute the second pallet group to the pallet storage cabinet is accepted, after the distribution of the first pallet group to the pallet storage cabinet is completed, the distribution of the second pallet group is started.如請求項26所述之托盤輸送裝置，其中，所述托盤輸送部將所述第二托盤組輸送到與被保管在所述托盤保管櫃中的所述第一托盤組分離之位置。The pallet conveying device as described in claim 26, wherein, the pallet conveying unit conveys the second pallet group to a position separated from the first pallet group stored in the pallet storage cabinet.

Images